US20130020194A1 - Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer - Google Patents
Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20130020194A1 US20130020194A1 US13/626,880 US201213626880A US2013020194A1 US 20130020194 A1 US20130020194 A1 US 20130020194A1 US 201213626880 A US201213626880 A US 201213626880A US 2013020194 A1 US2013020194 A1 US 2013020194A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- group
- electrodes
- ethylene glycol
- microarray
- electrode
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 111
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 99
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 97
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 67
- 239000013626 chemical specie Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 claims abstract description 41
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 41
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- -1 L-rharnnose Chemical compound 0.000 claims description 176
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 claims description 40
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 40
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 29
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 27
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 24
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 claims description 20
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 20
- 150000002016 disaccharides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N D-xylopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1COC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000004043 trisaccharides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 8
- PVXPPJIGRGXGCY-DJHAAKORSA-N 6-O-alpha-D-glucopyranosyl-alpha-D-fructofuranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@](O)(CO)O1 PVXPPJIGRGXGCY-DJHAAKORSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-RMMQSMQOSA-N Raffinose Natural products O(C[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@]2(CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O1)[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-RMMQSMQOSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N UNPD196149 Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1(CO)OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(COC2C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O2)O)O1 MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- QWIZNVHXZXRPDR-WSCXOGSTSA-N melezitose Chemical compound O([C@@]1(O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)O)CO)CO)[C@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O QWIZNVHXZXRPDR-WSCXOGSTSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-ZQSKZDJDSA-N raffinose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)O1 MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-ZQSKZDJDSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- ASJSAQIRZKANQN-CRCLSJGQSA-N 2-deoxy-D-ribose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CC=O ASJSAQIRZKANQN-CRCLSJGQSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229920000856 Amylose Polymers 0.000 claims description 5
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-CUHNMECISA-N D-Cellobiose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-CUHNMECISA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-Erythrose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C=O YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-CBPJZXOFSA-N D-Gulose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-CBPJZXOFSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-WHZQZERISA-N D-aldose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-WHZQZERISA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-IVMDWMLBSA-N D-allopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-IVMDWMLBSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- LKDRXBCSQODPBY-JDJSBBGDSA-N D-allulose Chemical compound OCC1(O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O LKDRXBCSQODPBY-JDJSBBGDSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-IUYQGCFVSA-N D-erythrose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-IUYQGCFVSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- HAIWUXASLYEWLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-manno-Heptulose Natural products OCC1OC(O)(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O HAIWUXASLYEWLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- ZAQJHHRNXZUBTE-NQXXGFSBSA-N D-ribulose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(=O)CO ZAQJHHRNXZUBTE-NQXXGFSBSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- ZAQJHHRNXZUBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-threo-2-Pentulose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(=O)CO ZAQJHHRNXZUBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-QWWZWVQMSA-N D-threose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O YTBSYETUWUMLBZ-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- ZAQJHHRNXZUBTE-WUJLRWPWSA-N D-xylulose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(=O)CO ZAQJHHRNXZUBTE-WUJLRWPWSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010056474 Erythrosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- LKDRXBCSQODPBY-AMVSKUEXSA-N L-(-)-Sorbose Chemical compound OCC1(O)OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O LKDRXBCSQODPBY-AMVSKUEXSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VSOAQEOCSA-N L-altropyranose Chemical compound OC[C@@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VSOAQEOCSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- HSNZZMHEPUFJNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-galacto-2-Heptulose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(=O)CO HSNZZMHEPUFJNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- HAIWUXASLYEWLM-AZEWMMITSA-N Sedoheptulose Natural products OC[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@](O)(CO)O1 HAIWUXASLYEWLM-AZEWMMITSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-STGXQOJASA-N alpha-D-lyxopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1CO[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-STGXQOJASA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N arabinose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-WDCZJNDASA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002951 idosyl group Chemical class C1([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 claims description 5
- BJHIKXHVCXFQLS-PQLUHFTBSA-N keto-D-tagatose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)C(=O)CO BJHIKXHVCXFQLS-PQLUHFTBSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- HSNZZMHEPUFJNZ-SHUUEZRQSA-N sedoheptulose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(=O)CO HSNZZMHEPUFJNZ-SHUUEZRQSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960002920 sorbitol Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 235000019408 sucralose Nutrition 0.000 claims description 5
- QWIZNVHXZXRPDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-melezitose Natural products O1C(CO)C(O)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1(CO)OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O QWIZNVHXZXRPDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium;oxotin Chemical compound [In].[Sn]=O AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 claims 8
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 claims 8
- 239000004376 Sucralose Substances 0.000 claims 2
- DLRVVLDZNNYCBX-ZZFZYMBESA-N beta-melibiose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O1 DLRVVLDZNNYCBX-ZZFZYMBESA-N 0.000 claims 2
- BAQAVOSOZGMPRM-QBMZZYIRSA-N sucralose Chemical group O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](Cl)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@]1(CCl)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CCl)O1 BAQAVOSOZGMPRM-QBMZZYIRSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 abstract description 177
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 abstract description 40
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 abstract description 27
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 abstract description 19
- 125000000185 sucrose group Chemical group 0.000 abstract 1
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 296
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 117
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 105
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 83
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 68
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 57
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 52
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 52
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 51
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 44
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 43
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 43
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 43
- ATVJXMYDOSMEPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-prop-2-enoxyprop-1-ene Chemical compound C=CCOCC=C ATVJXMYDOSMEPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 42
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 42
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 41
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 40
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 38
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetraethylene glycol, Natural products OCCOCCOCCOCCO UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 33
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 33
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 32
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 32
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 31
- IIRDTKBZINWQAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexaethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO IIRDTKBZINWQAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 31
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 30
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 30
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 29
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 29
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 27
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 25
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical compound COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 22
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 19
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 0 [1*]C1C(=O)N(O)C(=C)C1[2*] Chemical compound [1*]C1C(=O)N(O)C(=C)C1[2*] 0.000 description 18
- 229960002737 fructose Drugs 0.000 description 18
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 18
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 241000283074 Equus asinus Species 0.000 description 13
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 13
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M toluene-4-sulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 11
- GYOZYWVXFNDGLU-XLPZGREQSA-N dTMP Chemical group O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 GYOZYWVXFNDGLU-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 11
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 10
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- KRNGNWGELWHIOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hex-1-enoxyhex-1-ene Chemical compound CCCCC=COC=CCCCC KRNGNWGELWHIOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- LLLDEZXOUUSWDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-undec-1-enoxyundec-1-ene Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC=COC=CCCCCCCCCC LLLDEZXOUUSWDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- XXFXTBNFFMQVKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [diphenyl(trityloxy)methyl]benzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)OC(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 XXFXTBNFFMQVKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- MHDVGSVTJDSBDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibenzyl ether Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1COCC1=CC=CC=C1 MHDVGSVTJDSBDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- VUQUOGPMUUJORT-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound COS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 VUQUOGPMUUJORT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 9
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical group N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 8
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- DLRVVLDZNNYCBX-CQHUIXDMSA-N alpha-D-Galp-(1->6)-alpha-D-Glcp Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)O1 DLRVVLDZNNYCBX-CQHUIXDMSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 7
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000007614 solvation Methods 0.000 description 7
- UNLGYPABJRPIOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dec-1-enoxydec-1-ene Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC=COC=CCCCCCCCC UNLGYPABJRPIOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UWIOZIBLWQOLOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hept-1-enoxyhept-1-ene Chemical compound CCCCCC=COC=CCCCCC UWIOZIBLWQOLOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- HIAUUFZUTAVKRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-oct-1-enoxyoct-1-ene Chemical compound CCCCCCC=COC=CCCCCCC HIAUUFZUTAVKRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 6
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-mannomethylose Natural products CC1OC(O)C(O)C(O)C1O SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 5
- PNNNRSAQSRJVSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-rhamnose Natural products CC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PNNNRSAQSRJVSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- PNNNRSAQSRJVSB-BXKVDMCESA-N aldehydo-L-rhamnose Chemical compound C[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PNNNRSAQSRJVSB-BXKVDMCESA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 5
- 125000005740 oxycarbonyl group Chemical group [*:1]OC([*:2])=O 0.000 description 5
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920001202 Inulin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000005194 alkoxycarbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 4
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 4
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 4
- JYJIGFIDKWBXDU-MNNPPOADSA-N inulin Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)OC[C@]1(OC[C@]2(OC[C@]3(OC[C@]4(OC[C@]5(OC[C@]6(OC[C@]7(OC[C@]8(OC[C@]9(OC[C@]%10(OC[C@]%11(OC[C@]%12(OC[C@]%13(OC[C@]%14(OC[C@]%15(OC[C@]%16(OC[C@]%17(OC[C@]%18(OC[C@]%19(OC[C@]%20(OC[C@]%21(OC[C@]%22(OC[C@]%23(OC[C@]%24(OC[C@]%25(OC[C@]%26(OC[C@]%27(OC[C@]%28(OC[C@]%29(OC[C@]%30(OC[C@]%31(OC[C@]%32(OC[C@]%33(OC[C@]%34(OC[C@]%35(OC[C@]%36(O[C@@H]%37[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%37)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%36)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%35)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%34)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%33)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%32)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%31)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%30)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%29)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%28)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%27)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%26)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%25)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%24)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%23)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%22)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%21)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%20)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%19)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%18)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%17)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%16)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%15)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%14)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%13)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%12)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%11)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O%10)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O9)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O8)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O7)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O6)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O5)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 JYJIGFIDKWBXDU-MNNPPOADSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940029339 inulin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000001820 oxy group Chemical group [*:1]O[*:2] 0.000 description 4
- 150000003014 phosphoric acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000000467 secondary amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 4
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinimide Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1 KZNICNPSHKQLFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- DHCDFWKWKRSZHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfurothioic S-acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=S DHCDFWKWKRSZHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001302 tertiary amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000003441 thioacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- IFPMZBBHBZQTOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-trinitro-2-(2,4,6-trinitrophenyl)-4-[2,4,6-trinitro-3-(2,4,6-trinitrophenyl)phenyl]benzene Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C1C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C(C=2C(=C(C=3C(=CC(=CC=3[N+]([O-])=O)[N+]([O-])=O)[N+]([O-])=O)C(=CC=2[N+]([O-])=O)[N+]([O-])=O)[N+]([O-])=O)=C1[N+]([O-])=O IFPMZBBHBZQTOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- TWNRLKOVDHZJIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hexylpyrrole Chemical compound CCCCCCN1C=CC=C1 TWNRLKOVDHZJIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ORCXGLCMROHGOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-pyrrol-1-ylpropan-1-ol Chemical compound OCCCN1C=CC=C1 ORCXGLCMROHGOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910018503 SF6 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- NGFMICBWJRZIBI-JZRPKSSGSA-N Salicin Natural products O([C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)c1c(CO)cccc1 NGFMICBWJRZIBI-JZRPKSSGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000005411 Van der Waals force Methods 0.000 description 3
- NGFMICBWJRZIBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-salicin Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1=CC=CC=C1CO NGFMICBWJRZIBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- MWXSRZQRPFASTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbamimidoyl carbamimidothioate Chemical compound NC(=N)SC(N)=N MWXSRZQRPFASTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 239000005289 controlled pore glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910001882 dioxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- UCFFGYASXIPWPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl hypochlorite Chemical compound COCl UCFFGYASXIPWPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 3
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- NGFMICBWJRZIBI-UJPOAAIJSA-N salicin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=CC=CC=C1CO NGFMICBWJRZIBI-UJPOAAIJSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940120668 salicin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000002444 silanisation Methods 0.000 description 3
- SFZCNBIFKDRMGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur hexafluoride Chemical compound FS(F)(F)(F)(F)F SFZCNBIFKDRMGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960000909 sulfur hexafluoride Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000005300 thiocarboxy group Chemical group C(=S)(O)* 0.000 description 3
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- PQXKWPLDPFFDJP-ZXZARUISSA-N (2r,3s)-2,3-dimethyloxirane Chemical compound C[C@H]1O[C@H]1C PQXKWPLDPFFDJP-ZXZARUISSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GIAFURWZWWWBQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound NCCOCCO GIAFURWZWWWBQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PVXPPJIGRGXGCY-TZLCEDOOSA-N 6-O-alpha-D-glucopyranosyl-D-fructofuranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(O)(CO)O1 PVXPPJIGRGXGCY-TZLCEDOOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XDAGXZXKTKRFMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)=N Chemical compound CC(C)=N XDAGXZXKTKRFMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC(C)=O Chemical compound COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-Cellobiose Natural products OCC1OC(OC2C(O)C(O)C(O)OC2CO)C(O)C(O)C1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LKDRXBCSQODPBY-VRPWFDPXSA-N D-fructopyranose Chemical compound OCC1(O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O LKDRXBCSQODPBY-VRPWFDPXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000701959 Escherichia virus Lambda Species 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- URLZCHNOLZSCCA-VABKMULXSA-N Leu-enkephalin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 URLZCHNOLZSCCA-VABKMULXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DKXNBNKWCZZMJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N O4-alpha-D-Mannopyranosyl-D-mannose Natural products O=CC(O)C(O)C(C(O)CO)OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O DKXNBNKWCZZMJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silane Chemical compound [SiH4] BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OHLUUHNLEMFGTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(C)C(C)=O Chemical compound [H]N(C)C(C)=O OHLUUHNLEMFGTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002648 azanetriyl group Chemical group *N(*)* 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QRZGKKJRSA-N beta-cellobiose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QRZGKKJRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 2
- 230000032798 delamination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 2
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940031098 ethanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000004836 hexamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000717 hydrazino group Chemical group [H]N([*])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 2
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- RIFHJAODNHLCBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanethione Chemical group S=[CH] RIFHJAODNHLCBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 2
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229960002317 succinimide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- CNBUSIJNWNXLQQ-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]propanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 CNBUSIJNWNXLQQ-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBQZXXMEJHZYMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diphenylhydrazine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1NNC1=CC=CC=C1 YBQZXXMEJHZYMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFVFDTCSVFBOTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diazetidine Chemical compound C1NCN1 MFVFDTCSVFBOTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMLSAISZLJGWPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dithiolane Chemical compound C1CSCS1 IMLSAISZLJGWPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IRDCFDMBKDVPMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4,2-oxazaphospholidine Chemical compound C1NCPO1 IRDCFDMBKDVPMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004972 1-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006017 1-propenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000530 1-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C#C* 0.000 description 1
- CPNWQSRRNZUJAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-pyrazolo[4,3-d][1,3]oxazole Chemical compound C1=NNC2=C1N=CO2 CPNWQSRRNZUJAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KHWCHTKSEGGWEX-RRKCRQDMSA-N 2'-deoxyadenosine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(O)=O)O1 KHWCHTKSEGGWEX-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NCMVOABPESMRCP-SHYZEUOFSA-N 2'-deoxycytosine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 NCMVOABPESMRCP-SHYZEUOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LTFMZDNNPPEQNG-KVQBGUIXSA-N 2'-deoxyguanosine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(O)=O)O1 LTFMZDNNPPEQNG-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VRPJIFMKZZEXLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]acetic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NCC(O)=O VRPJIFMKZZEXLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004974 2-butenyl group Chemical group C(C=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000069 2-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- YEDUAINPPJYDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxybenzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(O)=NC2=C1 YEDUAINPPJYDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFMZSMGAMPBRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyisoindole-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(O)C(=O)C2=C1 CFMZSMGAMPBRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006024 2-pentenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical compound C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXJVRYIFIVSWID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-furo[3,2-b]pyran Chemical compound C1=COC2=CCOC2=C1 FXJVRYIFIVSWID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXWLHXNRALVRSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)propylsilane Chemical compound [SiH3]CCCOCC1CO1 LXWLHXNRALVRSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000474 3-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- SJECZPVISLOESU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-trimethoxysilylpropan-1-amine Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCN SJECZPVISLOESU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BPQVKLZLZYDMKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4h-imidazo[4,5-d][1,3]thiazole Chemical compound S1C=NC2=C1N=CN2 BPQVKLZLZYDMKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYLIZBIRMBGUOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Anetholtrithion Chemical group C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1=CC(=S)SS1 KYLIZBIRMBGUOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aziridine Chemical compound C1CN1 NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoylperoxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001474374 Blennius Species 0.000 description 1
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZENVIEHDXYIYJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=NC(C)=O Chemical compound C=NC(C)=O ZENVIEHDXYIYJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(=O)OC(C)=O Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQXKWPLDPFFDJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1OC1C Chemical compound CC1OC1C PQXKWPLDPFFDJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMQWOHBEYVPGQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC=COC Chemical compound CCC=COC KMQWOHBEYVPGQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC(=O)OC Chemical compound COC(=O)OC IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBABOKRGFJTBAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N COS(C)(=O)=O Chemical compound COS(C)(=O)=O MBABOKRGFJTBAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HHVIBTZHLRERCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CS(C)(=O)=O Chemical compound CS(C)(=O)=O HHVIBTZHLRERCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CS(C)=O Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020003215 DNA Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000018 DNA microarray Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003298 DNA probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000361 Poly(styrene)-block-poly(ethylene glycol) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl chloride Chemical compound ClC=C BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MEJRCKJUWUBSOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,3]selenazolo[5,4-f][1,3]benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=C2SC=NC2=CC2=C1N=C[se]2 MEJRCKJUWUBSOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000012445 acidic reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003647 acryloyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- UDMBCSSLTHHNCD-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O UDMBCSSLTHHNCD-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000676 alkoxyimino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002344 aminooxy group Chemical group [H]N([H])O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005428 anthryl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C3C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C3=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005337 azoxy group Chemical group [N+]([O-])(=N*)* 0.000 description 1
- GAUZCKBSTZFWCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N azoxybenzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1[N+]([O-])=NC1=CC=CC=C1 GAUZCKBSTZFWCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- LASLVGACQUUOEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[1.1.0]butane Chemical compound C1C2CC21 LASLVGACQUUOEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TWONWILUDBHKQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[5.2.0]nonane Chemical compound C1CCCCC2CCC21 TWONWILUDBHKQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012742 biochemical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- OMWQUXGVXQELIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bitoscanate Chemical compound S=C=NC1=CC=C(N=C=S)C=C1 OMWQUXGVXQELIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004063 butyryl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003739 carbamimidoyl group Chemical group C(N)(=N)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C[CH]OC2=C1 QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004696 coordination complex Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007334 copolymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001651 cyanato group Chemical group [*]OC#N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001047 cyclobutenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZPWOOKQUDFIEIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclooctyne Chemical compound C1CCCC#CCC1 ZPWOOKQUDFIEIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYHIYZUYZIHTCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopenta[b]pyran Chemical compound C1=COC2=CC=CC2=C1 LYHIYZUYZIHTCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000298 cyclopropenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- IERHLVCPSMICTF-XVFCMESISA-N cytidine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(O)=O)O1 IERHLVCPSMICTF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005290 ethynyloxy group Chemical group C(#C)O* 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001215 fluorescent labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003633 gene expression assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- RQFCJASXJCIDSX-UUOKFMHZSA-N guanosine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O RQFCJASXJCIDSX-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005638 hydrazono group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010191 image analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001261 isocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002462 isocyano group Chemical group *[N+]#[C-] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004491 isohexyl group Chemical group C(CCC(C)C)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005928 isopropyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(OC(*)=O)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001518 isoselenocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=[Se] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001810 isothiocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=S 0.000 description 1
- 125000001909 leucine group Chemical group [H]N(*)C(C(*)=O)C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003421 melibiose group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- HOGDNTQCSIKEEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-hydroxybutanediamide Chemical group NC(=O)CCC(=O)NO HOGDNTQCSIKEEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001038 naphthoyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000018 nitroso group Chemical group N(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001668 nucleic acid synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124276 oligodeoxyribonucleotide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000620 organic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-O oxonium Chemical compound [OH3+] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001779 palatinose group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006678 phenoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QKFJKGMPGYROCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl isothiocyanate Chemical group S=C=NC1=CC=CC=C1 QKFJKGMPGYROCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- SRHXVXDPXODKQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphinoline Chemical compound P1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SRHXVXDPXODKQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003504 photosensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003169 placental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009832 plasma treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000003498 protein array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920006296 quaterpolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000548 ribosyl group Chemical group C1([C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001824 selenocyanato group Chemical group *[Se]C#N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon nitride Chemical compound N12[Si]34N5[Si]62N3[Si]51N64 HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003445 sucroses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004381 surface treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001308 synthesis method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001897 terpolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000001973 tert-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- TXEYQDLBPFQVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrafluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)F TXEYQDLBPFQVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tfa trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.OC(=O)C(F)(F)F WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002813 thiocarbonyl group Chemical group *C(*)=S 0.000 description 1
- 125000000858 thiocyanato group Chemical group *SC#N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000464 thioxo group Chemical group S=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229940055764 triaz Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003258 trimethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- DJJCXFVJDGTHFX-XVFCMESISA-N uridine 5'-monophosphate Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(O)=O)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DJJCXFVJDGTHFX-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003774 valeryl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B23H—WORKING OF METAL BY THE ACTION OF A HIGH CONCENTRATION OF ELECTRIC CURRENT ON A WORKPIECE USING AN ELECTRODE WHICH TAKES THE PLACE OF A TOOL; SUCH WORKING COMBINED WITH OTHER FORMS OF WORKING OF METAL
- B23H3/00—Electrochemical machining, i.e. removing metal by passing current between an electrode and a workpiece in the presence of an electrolyte
- B23H3/04—Electrodes specially adapted therefor or their manufacture
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J19/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J19/0046—Sequential or parallel reactions, e.g. for the synthesis of polypeptides or polynucleotides; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making molecular arrays
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B08—CLEANING
- B08B—CLEANING IN GENERAL; PREVENTION OF FOULING IN GENERAL
- B08B3/00—Cleaning by methods involving the use or presence of liquid or steam
- B08B3/04—Cleaning involving contact with liquid
- B08B3/08—Cleaning involving contact with liquid the liquid having chemical or dissolving effect
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B08—CLEANING
- B08B—CLEANING IN GENERAL; PREVENTION OF FOULING IN GENERAL
- B08B6/00—Cleaning by electrostatic means
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C26/00—Coating not provided for in groups C23C2/00 - C23C24/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23F—NON-MECHANICAL REMOVAL OF METALLIC MATERIAL FROM SURFACE; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL; MULTI-STEP PROCESSES FOR SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL INVOLVING AT LEAST ONE PROCESS PROVIDED FOR IN CLASS C23 AND AT LEAST ONE PROCESS COVERED BY SUBCLASS C21D OR C22F OR CLASS C25
- C23F1/00—Etching metallic material by chemical means
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23F—NON-MECHANICAL REMOVAL OF METALLIC MATERIAL FROM SURFACE; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL; MULTI-STEP PROCESSES FOR SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL INVOLVING AT LEAST ONE PROCESS PROVIDED FOR IN CLASS C23 AND AT LEAST ONE PROCESS COVERED BY SUBCLASS C21D OR C22F OR CLASS C25
- C23F4/00—Processes for removing metallic material from surfaces, not provided for in group C23F1/00 or C23F3/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25F—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC REMOVAL OF MATERIALS FROM OBJECTS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25F1/00—Electrolytic cleaning, degreasing, pickling or descaling
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25F—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC REMOVAL OF MATERIALS FROM OBJECTS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25F7/00—Constructional parts, or assemblies thereof, of cells for electrolytic removal of material from objects; Servicing or operating
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B40/00—Libraries per se, e.g. arrays, mixtures
- C40B40/04—Libraries containing only organic compounds
- C40B40/06—Libraries containing nucleotides or polynucleotides, or derivatives thereof
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00596—Solid-phase processes
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00605—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00605—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
- B01J2219/00612—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports the surface being inorganic
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00605—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
- B01J2219/00614—Delimitation of the attachment areas
- B01J2219/00617—Delimitation of the attachment areas by chemical means
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00605—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
- B01J2219/00614—Delimitation of the attachment areas
- B01J2219/00621—Delimitation of the attachment areas by physical means, e.g. trenches, raised areas
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00605—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
- B01J2219/00623—Immobilisation or binding
- B01J2219/00626—Covalent
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00605—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
- B01J2219/00623—Immobilisation or binding
- B01J2219/00628—Ionic
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00605—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being directly bound or immobilised to solid supports
- B01J2219/00632—Introduction of reactive groups to the surface
- B01J2219/00637—Introduction of reactive groups to the surface by coating it with another layer
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00639—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being trapped in or bound to a porous medium
- B01J2219/00641—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being trapped in or bound to a porous medium the porous medium being continuous, e.g. porous oxide substrates
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00653—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces the compounds being bound to electrodes embedded in or on the solid supports
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00583—Features relative to the processes being carried out
- B01J2219/00603—Making arrays on substantially continuous surfaces
- B01J2219/00659—Two-dimensional arrays
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00718—Type of compounds synthesised
- B01J2219/0072—Organic compounds
- B01J2219/00722—Nucleotides
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J2219/00—Chemical, physical or physico-chemical processes in general; Their relevant apparatus
- B01J2219/00274—Sequential or parallel reactions; Apparatus and devices for combinatorial chemistry or for making arrays; Chemical library technology
- B01J2219/00718—Type of compounds synthesised
- B01J2219/0072—Organic compounds
- B01J2219/00725—Peptides
Definitions
- the present invention provides an electrode microarray having an adsorbed porous reaction layer for improved synthesis quality.
- the present invention provides an electrode microarray having a plurality of electrodes, having an adsorbed porous reaction layer and a process for treating the microarray surface to significantly enhance nucleic acid synthesis quality and increase assay sensitivity.
- the present invention provides a computer controlled electrode microarray having a plurality of platinum-containing electrodes, having an adsorbed porous reaction layer and a process of treating the microarray surface to significantly enhance the quality of synthesis of oligonucleotides, peptides, and other chemical species while increasing binding assay sensitivity.
- Microarrays and particularly nucleic acid microarrays have become important analytical research tools in pharmacological and biochemical research and discovery.
- Microarrays are miniaturized arrays of points or locations arranged in a column and row format. Molecules, including biomolecules, are attached or synthesized in situ at specific attachment points, which are usually in a column and row format although other formats may be used.
- An advantage of microarrays is that they provide the ability to conduct hundreds, if not thousands, of experiments in parallel. Such parallelism, as compared to sequential experimentation, can be used to increase the efficiency of exploring relationships between molecular structure and biological function, where slight variations in chemical structure can have profound biochemical effects.
- Microarrays are available in different formats and have different surface chemistry characteristics that lead to different approaches for attaching or synthesizing molecules. Differences in microarray surface chemistry lead to differences in preparation methods for providing a surface that is receptive to attachment of a presynthesized chemical species or for synthesizing a chemical species in situ. As the name suggests, the attachment points on microarrays are of a micrometer scale, which is generally 1-100 ⁇ m.
- DNA deoxyribonucleic acid
- RNA ribonucleic acid
- genomics cellular gene expression, single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNP), genomic DNA detection and validation, functional genomics, and proteomics
- SNP single nucleotide polymorphisms
- proteomics Wang and Lichter, J. Mol. Med. 77:761, 1999; Ashfari et al., CancerRes. 59:4759, 1999; Kurian et al., J. Pathol. 187:267, 1999; Hacia, Nature Genetics 21 suppl.:42, 1999; Hacia et al., Mol. Psychiatry. 3:483, 1998; and Johnson, Curr. Biol.
- microarrays can be used for research related to peptides (two or more linked natural or synthetic amino acids), small molecules (such as pharmaceutical compounds), oligomers, and polymers.
- DNA related molecules include native or cloned DNA and synthetic DNA. Synthetic relatively short single-stranded DNA or RNA strands are commonly referred to as oligonucleotides (oligos), which is synonymous with oligodeoxyribonucleotide.
- oligos oligonucleotides
- Microarray preparation methods include the following: (1) spotting a solution on a prepared flat surface using spotting robots; (2) in situ synthesis by printing reagents via ink jet or other printing technology and using regular phosphoramidite chemistry; (3) in situ parallel synthesis using electrochemically generated acid for deprotection and using regular phosphoramidite chemistry; (4) maskless photo-generated acid (PGA) controlled in situ synthesis and using regular phosphoramidite chemistry; (5) mask-directed in situ parallel synthesis using photo-cleavage of photolabile protecting groups (PLPG); (6) maskless in situ parallel synthesis using PLPG and digital photolithography; and (7) electric field attraction/repulsion for depositing oligos.
- PGA maskless photo-generated acid
- Photolithographic techniques for in situ olio synthesis are disclosed in Fodor et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,445,934 and the additional patents claiming priority thereto.
- Electric field attraction/repulsion microarrays are disclosed in Hollis et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,653,939 and Heller et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,929,208.
- An electrode microarray for in situ oligo synthesis using electrochemical deblocking is disclosed in Montgomery U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,093,302; 6,280,595, and 6,444,111 (Montgomery I, II, and III respectively), which are incorporated by reference herein.
- Microarrays other than DNA microarrays have been disclosed.
- the synthetic preparation of a peptide array was originally reported in 1991 using photolithography masking techniques. This method was extended in year 2000 to include an addressable masking technique using photogenerated acids and/or in combination with photosensitizers for deblocking.
- Reviews of peptide microarray synthesis using photolabile deblocking are provided by Pellois et al., J. Comb. Chem. 2000, 2:355 and Fodor et al., Science, 1991, 251:767.
- Recent work using peptide arrays has utilized arrays produced by spotting pre-synthesized peptides or isolated proteins. A review of protein arrays is provided by Cahill and Nordhoff, Adv. Biochem. Engin/Biotechnol. 2003, 83:177.
- Preparation methods for providing a microarray surface that is receptive to attachment of a presynthesized chemical species or for synthesizing a chemical species in situ must provide a surface that is capable of bonding a chemical species as well as being capable of providing the chemical functionality necessary to conduct pharmacological and biochemical research and discovery.
- One approach is to treat a surface to provide reactive groups capable of covalently bonding to chemical species of interest.
- the reactive group is typically present as a result of a surface treatment or coating of the surface.
- the reactive group required is a hydroxyl, unless there has been a chemical modification.
- the reactive group required is an amine, unless there has been a chemical modification.
- Glass is a commonly used solid substrate for microarrays and must be treated before use.
- a common glass treatment uses silanization chemistry to introduce a stable and uniform surface having reactive groups for attachment or in situ synthesis of oligos or other chemical species (Guo et al., 1994 , Nucl. Acids Res., 22:5456-5465; LeProust et al., 2001, Nucl. Acids Res., 29:2171-2180; Maskos and Southern, 1992 , Nucl. Acids Res., 20:1679-1684; Skrzypcznski et al., U.S. Patent Appl. Pub. 2004/0073017, and Southern et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,576,426).
- Glass beads for bulk synthesis must also undergo silanization (Maskos and Southern). Gold surfaces are treated with thiol linker chemistry (Kelley et al. U.S. Patent Pub. 2002/0172963). Similarly, polymeric microarray supports, such as polypropylene, must be treated by oxidation followed by introduction of reactive groups such as terminal amines (Schepinov et al., 1997 , Nucl. Acids Res., 25:1155-1161). Additionally, polystyrene beads are surface treated with polyethylene glycols having reactive terminal groups for bulk synthesis of peptides (Merck, Inc. Novabiochem Div. and Aldrich et al., U.S. Patent Appl. Pub.
- the surface of electrodes on an electrode microarray must be treated with a surface coating to provide reactive groups (Montgomery I, II, and III).
- a surface coating must be able to withstand the rigors of repeated exposure to synthesis solutions and to electrochemical deblocking solutions.
- the electrochemical synthesis microarray disclosed in Montgomery I, II, and III is based upon a semiconductor chip having a plurality of microelectrodes in a column and row format.
- This chip design uses Complimentary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) technology to create high-density arrays of microelectrodes with parallel addressing for selecting and controlling individual microelectrodes within the array.
- CMOS Complimentary Metal Oxide Semiconductor
- the electrodes are “turned on” by applying a voltage, which generates electrochemical reagents (particularly acidic protons) that alter the pH in a small, defined “virtual flask” region or volume adjacent to the electrode.
- the microarray is coated with a porous matrix material.
- Biomolecules can be synthesized at any of the electrodes, and such synthesis occurs within the porous matrix material.
- the pH is electrochemically decreased by applying a voltage to an electrode.
- the pH decreases only in the vicinity of the electrode because the ability of the acidic reagent to travel away from an electrode is limited by natural diffusion and by a buffer in solution.
- linker is a molecule that connects a species of interest to a solid surface.
- a linker for glass has a reactive group at one end and a silane-coupling group at the other for bonding to glass.
- Linkers can be of various lengths, depending on the particular chemical species used to form the linker.
- spacers can be attached to a linker in order to provide more distance between a solid surface and an attached chemical species. Spacers can be of a different chemistry than linkers.
- Linkers and spacers for attachment of oligos are disclosed for glass supports (Guo et al., LeProus et. al., Maskos et al., Skrzypcznski and Southern) for aminated polypropylene supports (Schepinov et al.) and for polystyrene beads (Merck, Inc. Novabiochem Div. and Aldrich et al.).
- a surface coating on an electrode microarray the surface coating itself provides reactive groups that are naturally present within the coating.
- Montgomery I, II, and III disclose a surface coating comprising controlled porosity glass (CPG); generic polymers, such as, teflons, nylons, polycarbonates, polystyrenes, polyacylates, polycyanoacrylates, polyvinyl alcohols, polyamides, polyimides, polysiloxanes, polysilicones, polynitriles, polyelectrolytes, hydrogels, expoxy polymers, melamines, urethanes and copolymers and mixtures of these and other polymers; biologically derived polymers, polyhyaluric acids, celluloses, and chitons; ceramics, such as, alumina, metal oxides, clays, and zeolites; surfactants; thiols; self-assembled monolayers; porous carbon; and fullerine materials.
- CPG controlled porosity glass
- generic polymers such as
- Montgomery I, II, and III further discloses that the surface coating can be attached to the electrodes by spin coating, dip coating or manual application, or any other acceptable form of coating.
- Montgomery I, II, and III further discloses linker molecules attached to controlled porosity glass via silicon-carbon bonds and that the linker molecules include aryl, acetylene, ethylene glycol oligomers containing from 2 to 10 monomer units, diamines, diacids, amino acids, and combinations thereof. In each instance, Montgomery discloses coating the entire surface of a microarray device and not just electrode surfaces.
- Guo et al. discloses the use of a 23-atom linker for covalently attaching a DNA sequence to glass.
- the linker is made by reaction of the glass surface with aminopropyltrimethoxysilane to provide an amino-derivatized surface followed by coupling of the amino groups with excess p-phenylenediisothiocyanate to convert the amino groups to amino-reactive phenylisothiocyanate groups.
- An oligonucleotide is then covalently attached to the amino-reactive group by coupling to the amino-reactive group a 5′ amino-modified oligonucleotide attached to the 5′ end of a sequence of an oligonucleotide.
- the resulting structure is a solid surface having a linker attached thereto and the linker having an oligonucleotide attached from the 5′ side to the linker.
- Guo et al. further disclose a spacer comprising up to a 15-deoxythymidylate chain that is between the oligonucleotide and the linker.
- the spacer has a 5′ amino-modified oligonucleotide to allow attachment to the amino-reactive group.
- the spacer is attached onto the 5′ end of an oligonucleotide as a part of the oligonucleotide, and then the spacer-oligonucleotide is attached to the linker.
- the final structure provides a glass surface having a linker having attached thereto a 5′ to 3′ prime spacer-oligonucleotide, where the spacer-oligonucleotide has been synthesized elsewhere and then attached to the linker.
- the 15-deoxythymidylate chain was found to have the highest hybridization signal compared to chains having fewer deoxythymidylate units.
- Maskos and Southern disclose silane-coupled linkers for glass.
- the linkers are different length and are terminated with a hydroxyl for oligonucleotide synthesis on the glass.
- the linkers are bound to glass through a glycidoxypropyl silane linkage and have a hexaethylene glycol middle section of different lengths.
- the linkers range from 8 to 26 atoms in length and do not have any charge.
- Shchepinov et al. discloses spacer molecules for coupling oligonucleotides to aminated polypropylene.
- the spacer molecules are built using phosphoramidite chemistry and synthesized monomers having diols as a part of the monomeric unit. Both 3′ and 5′ oligonucleotides were built upon the spacers.
- LeProust et al. discloses silane linkers terminating in a hydroxyl, amide, or amine group.
- the linkers were used to synthesize oligonucleotides (deoxythymidylate units) on glass slides to determine the efficiency/fidelity of synthesis.
- the linkers were nonionic.
- Southern et al. discloses nonionic linkers/spacers for use on control pore glass (CPG) for oligonucleotide synthesis.
- the linkers were attached to CPG through a terminal amine attached to a group on the CPG via silanization.
- Skrzypcznski et al. discloses nonionic linkers/spacer coupled to glass or sol-gel glass coating through silane linkage.
- the linker/spacer is proposed to have a hydrophobic part next to the glass attached to a hydrophilic part where a DNA probe is attached.
- Linkers and spacers are sometimes used for peptide synthesis off of a microarray.
- PS microscopic polystyrene
- the beads have a polyethylene glycol (PEG) spacer attached to the beads and a linking group attached to the PEG, where the linking group has a reactive group for synthesis of peptides.
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- the linking group has a reactive group for synthesis of peptides.
- the peptides are cleaved from the linking group and recovered.
- Numerous PS-PEG resins for synthesis are available commercially from Merck Company, Novabiochem Division, as well as other sources.
- Oligo microarrays made with the electrochemical process as disclosed in Montgomery I, II, and III have had problems with oligo quality, where quality is judged by missing deoxynucleotide bases in sequences resulting from inefficient deblocking.
- quality problems can arise from delamination of the coating over the electrodes. Control pore glass coatings and polysaccharide agarose coatings are both prone to delamination quality problems.
- Such quality problems have caused the resulting oligo microarray to be less useful for sensitivity of gene expression assays (i.e., finding low abundance mRNA species) and for single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNP) assays, wherein single base changes need to be detected.
- Peptide synthesis on electrode microarrays has also been problematic. Similar quality problems have been found for glass microarrays, where research has found inefficient reactions of the various reagents with functional groups close to glass plate surfaces (LeProust et al.).
- Electrode microarray quality problems for oligonucleotides, peptides, and other chemical species
- the need for a surface having reactive groups on electrode microarrays there is a need in the art to be able to improve in situ electrochemical synthesis quality to provide microarrays having higher quality.
- the present invention addresses these needs. Additionally, for electrode microarrays, there is a need for a modified surface coating incorporating a linker and spacer to improve synthesis quality and prevent fluorescence quenching.
- the present invention provides an electrode microarray having an adsorbed porous reaction layer for improved synthesis quality.
- the microarray comprises a plurality of electrodes on a substrate, wherein the electrodes are electronically connected to a computer control system.
- the microarray has an adsorbed porous reaction layer on the plurality of electrodes, wherein the adsorbed porous reaction layer comprises a chemical species having at least one hydroxyl group.
- the chemical species is selected from the group consisting of monosaccharides, disaccharides, trisaccharides, polyethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol derivative, N-hydroxysuccinimide, formula I, formula II, formula III, formula IV, formula V, formula VI, and formula VII, and combinations thereof.
- Formula I is selected from the group consisting of monosaccharides, disaccharides, trisaccharides, polyethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol derivative, N-hydroxysuccinimide, formula I, formula II, formula III, formula IV, formula V, formula VI, and formula VII, and combinations
- formula III is HOR 4 (OR 5 ) m R 7 ;
- formula IV is
- the subscript m is an integer from ranging from 1 to about 4.
- the polyethylene glycol has a molecular weight of approximately 1,000 to 20,000 daltons.
- R 1 , R 2 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group, and halo, amide, alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, oxycarbonyl, acyloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy, carboxy, amino, secondary amino, tertiary amino, hydrazino, azido, alkazoxy, cyano, isocyano, cyanato, isocyanato, thiocyanato, fulminato, isothiocyanato, isoselenocyanato, selenocyanato, carboxyamido, acylimino, nitroso, aminooxy, carboximidoyl, hydrazonoyl
- R 3 is selected from the group consisting of heteroatom group, carbonyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group.
- R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from the group consisting of methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, and hexylene.
- R 6 forms a ring structure with two carbons of succinimide and is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group.
- R 7 is selected from the group consisting of amino and hydroxyl.
- the monosaccharide is selected from the group consisting of allose, altrose, arabinose, deoxyribose, erythrose, fructose, galactose, glucose, gulose, idose, lyxose, mannose, psicose, L-rhamnose, ribose, ribulose, sedoheptulose, D-sorbitol, sorbose, sylulose, tagatose, talose, threose, xylulose, and xylose.
- the disaccharide is selected from the group consisting of amylose, cellobiose, lactose, maltose, melibiose, palatinose, sucrose, and trehalose.
- the triaccharide is selected from the group consisting of raffinose and melezitose.
- the polyethylene glycol derivative is selected from the group consisting of diethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol having primary amino groups, 2-(2-aminoethoxy) ethanol, ethanol amine, di(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, di(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, tri(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, tri(ethylene glycol) mono benzyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono trityl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono chloro mono methyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono allyl mono methyl ether, tetra(ethlyne glycol) mono allyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate,
- the present invention further provides a process for forming an electrode array having an adsorbed porous reaction layer for improved synthesis quality.
- the process comprises (1) providing a plurality of clean electrodes on a substrate, wherein the electrodes are electronically connected to a computer control system; and (2) adsorbing a porous reaction layer on the plurality of electrodes, wherein the porous reaction layer comprises a chemical species having at least one hydroxyl group, wherein the chemical species is selected from the group consisting of monosaccharides, disaccharides, trisaccharides, polyethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol derivative, N-hydroxysuccinimide, formula I, formula II, formula III, formula IV, formula V, and combinations thereof.
- the saccharides, PEG's, Formulae I-V are as provided herein.
- the present invention further provides a process for adsorbing a porous reaction layer onto a plurality of electrodes, comprising (1) contacting a treatment solution to the microarray for from about 1 minute to about 2 weeks, wherein the treatment solution comprises the chemical species that adsorbs onto each electrode of the plurality of electrodes and a solvent capable of dissolving the chemical species; and (2) washing off the treatment solution while leaving a layer of chemical species adsorbed onto each electrode of the plurality of electrodes.
- the present invention further provides a process for cleaning an electrode microarray comprising (1) etching the electrode microarray surface using a plasma cleaning method; and (2) cleaning the electrode microarray using a chemical cleaning method.
- the plasma cleaning method comprises exposing the electrode microarray to an argon plasma sputter etch process for approximately two to six minutes, where the plasma power is 200 W, the self bias voltage is 600-650V, the plasma pressure is 8 mTorr, and a 200 mm diameter electrode is used in a parallel plate plasma chamber.
- the plasma cleaning method comprises exposing the electrode microarray to a sulfur hexafluoride plasma for approximately 30 to 60 minutes, where the plasma power is 300 watts, the plasma pressure is approximately 250 to 350 mTorr, and the gas flow is 124 cubic centimeters per minute in an isoptropic plasma chamber.
- the plasma cleaning method comprises etching the electrode microarray in a commercial Reactive Ion Etch Plasma system (such as Oxford Plasmalab 800Plus RIE system with a 460 mm diameter electrode) using (1) an argon plasma for approximately 2 to 4 minutes and a RF plasma power of approximately 600 watts, where the pressure is approximately eight millitorr and the Ar gas flow is approximately 30 sccm; (2) an oxygen plasma for approximately 5 to 7 minutes using a power of approximately 500 watts, where the pressure is approximately 50 millitorr and the oxygen gas flow of approximately 50 sccm; or (3) an argon plasma for approximately 8 to 12 minutes using a power of approximately 600 watts, where the pressure is approximately eight millitorr and the Ar gas flow is approximately 30 sccm.
- a commercial Reactive Ion Etch Plasma system such as Oxford Plasmalab 800Plus RIE system with a 460 mm diameter electrode
- chemical cleaning method comprises an electrochemical cleaning method comprising (1) contacting a sulfuric acid solution with the electrodes of the electrode microarray, wherein the sulfuric acid solution has a concentration of approximately 0.01 to 5 molar and the electrode microarray is electronically attached to a control system; (2) pulsing a current for approximately 0.01 to 60 seconds to a first group of electrodes while a second group of electrodes is grounded; (3) pulsing a current for approximately 0.01 to 60 seconds to the second group of electrodes while the first group of electrodes is grounded; and (4) alternating between pulsing a current for approximately 0.01 to 60 seconds to the first group of electrodes while the second group of electrodes is grounded and pulsing a current for approximately 0.01 to 60 seconds to the second group of electrodes while the first group of electrodes remains grounded for a cumulative time of approximately 1 to 60 minutes.
- the chemical cleaning method comprises a hydrogen peroxide cleaning method comprising contacting a hydrogen peroxide solution with the electrodes of the electrode microarray, wherein the hydrogen peroxide solution has a concentration of approximately 0.5 to 10% (by volume), contacting time is approximately 1 minute to 24 hours, and the hydrogen peroxide solution temperature is approximately 20 to 95 degrees Celsius.
- FIGS. 1A and 1B are schematics of a cross section of two electrodes of a microarray of electrodes.
- an adsorbed porous reaction layer is shown as being adsorbed across the entire microarray surface.
- an adsorbed porous reaction layer is shown as being adsorbed predominately on only electrode surfaces.
- the reaction layer is shown having hydroxyl moieties as reactive groups.
- FIGS. 2A and 2B are schematics of a cross section of two electrodes of a microarray of electrodes, wherein there is a bound linker moiety has a terminal reactive group for in situ synthesis.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic of a cross section of two electrodes of a microarray of electrodes, wherein a comparison is made between a linker/spacer having no charge to one have charge.
- FIG. 4 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having agarose as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 5 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having sucrose as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 6 is a bar chart displaying the results of a sensitivity study using sucrose as the reaction layer.
- FIG. 7 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having diethylene glycol as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 8 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having ethylene glycol as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 9 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having N-hydroxysuccinimide as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 10 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having triethylene glycol as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 11 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having raffinose as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 12 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having melizitose as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 13 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having Splenda® as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 14 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having inulin as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 15 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having palatinose as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 16 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having polyethylene glycol as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 17 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having salicin as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 18 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having ribose as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 19 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having melibiose as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos
- FIG. 20A-20E are schematics of a cross-section of four electrodes of a microarray of electrodes showing the synthesis of peptides on the electrodes followed by exposure to anti-beta endorphin antibody (clone 3-E7, mouse) and Cy5 labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody.
- Two electrodes have an ionic linking group, and two electrodes are missing an ionic linking group.
- FIG. 21 is a schematic of a cross-section of two electrodes of a microarray of electrodes showing the quenching of fluorescently labeled reagent by the platinum electrode when an ionic linker is not used.
- FIG. 22 is a magnified and contrast-enhanced photograph of the top view of a section of an electrode microarray showing that the fluorescence of Cy5 labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody is visible when an ionic linker is used to connect the peptide to the platinum electrode overlayer.
- FIG. 23 is schematic of a cross-section of two electrodes of a microarray of electrodes.
- One electrode shows that the use of a non-ionic linker allows quenching of the Cy5 labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody because the non-ionic linker is poorly solvated.
- the other electrode shows that the use of an ionic linker prevents quenching of the Cy5 labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody because the ionic linker is well solvated and thus keeps the labeled antibody away from the platinum electrode.
- FIG. 24 is a magnified photograph of the top view of a section of an electrode microarray showing the decrease in fluorescence quenching as the length of the linker/spacer is increased from 0 to 15 deoxythymidylate units.
- the linker/spacer was synthesized in situ.
- the fluorescence is from Texas Red labeled streptavidin bound to a biotin that is covalently attached to the end of the linker/spacer.
- FIG. 25 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having 1-(3-hydroxylpropyl) pyrrole as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 26 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having 1-hexylpyrrole as a reaction layer.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- FIG. 27 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- the oligomers have a length of 35 to 70 mers.
- FIG. 28 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- the oligomers have a length of 35 mers.
- FIG. 29 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- the oligomers have an average length of 40 mers.
- FIG. 30 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- the oligomers have a length of 45 mers.
- FIG. 31 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- the oligomers have a length of 50 mers.
- FIG. 32 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- the oligomers have a length of 55 mers.
- FIG. 33 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- the oligomers have a length of 60 mers.
- FIG. 34 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- the oligomers have a length of 65 mers.
- FIG. 35 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- the oligomers have a length of 70 mers.
- Oligomer means a molecule of intermediate relative molecular mass, the structure of which essentially comprises a small plurality of units derived, actually or conceptually, from molecules of lower relative molecular mass.
- a molecule is regarded as having an intermediate relative molecular mass if it has properties which do vary significantly with the removal of one or a few of the units. If a part or the whole of the molecule has an intermediate relative molecular mass and essentially comprises a small plurality of units derived, actually or conceptually, from molecules of lower relative molecular mass, it may be described as oligomeric, or by oligomer used adjectivally. Oligomers are typically comprised of a monomer.
- co-oligomer means an oligomer derived from more than one species of monomer.
- oligomer includes co-oligomers.
- oligomers a single stranded DNA molecule consisting of deoxyadenylate (A), deoxyguanylate (G), deoxycytidylate (C), and deoxythymidylate (T) units in the following sequence, AGCTGCTATA is a co-oligomer, and a single stranded DNA molecule consisting of 10-T units is an oligomer; however, both are referred to as oligomers.
- the term “monomer” means a molecule that can undergo polymerization thereby contributing constitutional units to the essential structure of a macromolecule such as an oligomer, co-oligomer, polymer, or co-polymer.
- monomers include A, C, G, T, adenylate, guanylate, cytidylate, uridylate, amino acids, vinyl chloride, and other vinyls.
- polymer means a substance composed of macromolecules, which is a molecule of high relative molecular mass, the structure of which essentially comprises the multiple repetition of units derived, actually or conceptually, from molecules of low relative molecular mass.
- a molecule can be regarded as having a high relative molecular mass if the addition or removal of one or a few of the units has a negligible effect on the molecular properties. This statement fails in the case of certain macromolecules for which the properties may be critically dependent on fine details of the molecular structure.
- a part or the whole of the molecule has a high relative molecular mass and essentially comprises the multiple repetition of units derived, actually or conceptually, from molecules of low relative molecular mass, it may be described as either macromolecular or polymeric, or by polymer used adjectivally.
- copolymer means a polymer derived from more than one species of monomer. Copolymers that are obtained by copolymerization of two monomer species are sometimes termed bipolymers, those obtained from three monomers terpolymers, those obtained from four monomers quaterpolymers, etc.
- polymer includes co-polymers.
- polyethylene glycol means an organic chemical having a chain consisting of the common repeating ethylene glycol unit [—CH 2 —CH 2 —O—] n .
- PEG's are typically long chain organic polymers that are flexible, hydrophilic, enzymatically stable, and biologically inert, but they do not have an ionic charge in water. In general, PEG can be divided into two categories. First, there is polymeric PEG having a molecular weight ranging from 1000 to greater than 20,000. Second, there are PEG-like chains having a molecular weight that is less than 1000. Polymeric PEG has been used in bioconjugates, and numerous reviews have described the attachment of this linker moiety to various molecules.
- PEG has been used as a linker, where the short PEG-like linkers can be classified into two types, the homo-[X—(CH 2 —CH 2 —O) n ]—X and heterobifunctional [X—(CH 2 —CH 2 —O) n ]—Y spacers.
- PEG derivative means an ethylene glycol derivative having the common repeating unit of PEG.
- PEG derivatives include, but are not limited to, diethylene glycol (DEG), tetraethylene glycol (TEG), polyethylene glycol having primary amino groups, di(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, di(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, tri(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, tri(ethylene glycol) mono benzyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono trityl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono chloro mono methyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono allyl mono methyl ether, tetra(ethlyne glycol) mono allyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol
- polyethylene glycol having primary amino groups refers to polyethylene glycol having substituted primary amino groups in place of the hydroxyl groups. Substitution can be up to 98% in commercial products ranging in molecular weight from 5,000 to 20,000 Da.
- alkyl means a straight or branched chain alkyl group containing up to approximately 20 but preferably up to 8 carbon atoms.
- alkyl groups include but are not limited to the following: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, isohexyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl.
- a substituted alkyl has one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by other groups or a carbon replaced by a divalent, trivalent, or tetravalent group or atom.
- alkyls by definition have a single radical, as used herein, alkyl includes groups that have more than one radical to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- alkenyl means a straight or branched chain alkyl group having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and containing up to approximately 20 but preferably up to 8 carbon atoms.
- alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-butenyl, 1,3-butadienyl, 2-pentenyl, 2,4-hexadienyl, 4-(ethyl)-1,3-hexadienyl, and 2-(methyl)-3-(propyl)-1,3-butadienyl.
- a substituted alkenyl has one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by other groups or a carbon replaced by a divalent, trivalent, or tetravalent group or atom.
- alkynyl means a straight or branched chain alkyl group having a single radical, having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and containing up to approximately 20 but preferably up to 8 carbon atoms.
- alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, the ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 4-pentynyl, 5-hexynyl, 6-heptynyl, 7-octynyl, 1-methyl-2-butynyl, 2-methyl-3-pentynyl, 4-ethyl-2-pentynyl, and 5,5-methyl-1,3-hexynyl.
- a substituted alkynyl has one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by other groups or a carbon replaced by a divalent, trivalent, or tetravalent group or atom.
- alkynyls by definition have a single radical, as used herein, alkynyl includes groups that have more than one radical to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- cycloalkyl means an alkyl group forming at least one ring, wherein the ring has approximately 3 to 14 carbon atoms.
- examples of cycloalkyl groups include but are not limited to the following: cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
- a substituted cycloalkyl has one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by other groups or a carbon replaced by a divalent, trivalent, or tetravalent group or atom.
- cycloalkyls by definition have a single radical, as used herein, cycloalkyl includes groups that have more than one radical to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- cycloalkenyl means an alkenyl group forming at least one ring and having at least one carbon-carbon double bond within the ring, wherein the ring has approximately 3 to 14 carbon atoms.
- Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, 1,3-cyclopentadienyl, and cyclohexenyl.
- a substituted cycloalkenyl has one or more hydrogens substituted by other groups or a carbon replaced by a divalent, trivalent, or tetravalent group or atom.
- cycloalkenyls by definition have a single radical, as used herein, cycloalkenyl includes groups that have more than one radical to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- cycloalkynyl means an alkynyl group forming at least one ring and having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, wherein the ring contains up to approximately 14 carbon atoms.
- a group forming a ring having at least one triple bond and having at least one double bond is a cycloalkynyl group.
- An example of a cycloalkynyl group includes, but is not limited to, cyclooctyne.
- a substituted cycloalkynyl has one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by other groups.
- cycloalkynyls by definition have a single radical, as used herein, cycloalkynyl includes groups that have more than one radical to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- aryl means an aromatic carbon ring group having a single radical and having approximately 4 to 20 carbon atoms.
- aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, and anthryl.
- a substituted aryl has one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by other groups.
- aryls by definition have a single radical, as used herein, aryl includes groups that have more than one radical to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- An aryl group can be a part of a fused ring structure such as N-hydroxysuccinimide bonded to phenyl (benzene) to form N-hydroxyphthalimide.
- hetero when used in the context of chemical groups, or “heteroatom” means an atom other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred examples of heteroatoms include oxygen, nitrogen, phosphorous, sulfur, boron, silicon, and selenium.
- heterocyclic ring means a ring structure having at least one ring moiety having at least one heteroatom forming a part of the ring, wherein the heterocyclic ring has approximately 4 to 20 atoms connected to form the ring structure.
- An example of a heterocyclic ring having 6 atoms is pyridine with a single hereroatom.
- Additional examples of heterocyclic ring structures having a single radical include, but are not limited to, acridine, carbazole, chromene, imidazole, furan, indole, quinoline, and phosphinoline.
- heterocyclic ring structures include, but are not limited to, aziridine, 1,3-dithiolane, 1,3-diazetidine, and 1,4,2-oxazaphospholidine.
- heterocyclic ring structures having a single radical include, but are not limited to, fused aromatic and non-aromatic structures: 2H-furo[3,2-b]pyran, 5H-pyrido[2,3-d]-o-oxazine, 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]oxazole, 4H-imidazo[4,5-d]thiazole, selenazolo[5,4-f]benzothiazole, and cyclopenta[b]pyran.
- Heterocyclic rings can have one or more radicals to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- polycyclic or “polycyclic group” means a carbon ring structure having more than one ring, wherein the polycyclic group has approximately 4 to 20 carbons forming the ring structure and has a single radical.
- examples of polycyclic groups include, but are not limited to, bicyclo[1.1.0]butane, bicyclo[5.2.0]nonane, and tricycle[5.3.1.1]dodecane.
- Polycyclic groups can have one or more radicals to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- halo or halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
- heteroatom group means one heteroatom or more than one heteroatoms bound together and having two free valences for forming a covalent bridge between two atoms.
- the oxy radical, —O— can form a bridge between two methyls to form CH 3 —O—CH 3 (dimethyl ether) or can form a bridge between two carbons to form an epoxy such as cis or trans 2,3-epoxybutane,
- heteroatom group will be used to mean the replacement of groups in an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and cycloalkynyl and not the formation of cyclic bridges, such as an epoxy, unless the term cyclic bridge is used with the term heteroatom group to denote the normal usage.
- heteroatom groups using the nomenclature for hetero bridges (such as an epoxy bridge), include but are not limited to the following: azimino (—N ⁇ N—HN—), azo (—N ⁇ N—), biimino (—NH—NH —), epidioxy (—O—O—), epidithio (—S—S—), epithio (—S—), epithioximino (—S—O—NH—), epoxy (—O—), epoxyimino (—O—NH —), epoxynitrilo (—O—N ⁇ ), epoxythio (—O—S —), epoxythioxy (—O—S—O—), furano (—C 4 H 2 O —), imino (—NH—), and nitrilo (—N ⁇ ).
- heteroatom groups using the nomenclature for forming acyclic bridges include but are not limited to the following: epoxy (—O—), epithio (—S—), episeleno (—Se—), epidioxy (—O—O—), epidithio (—S—S —), lambda 4 -sulfano (—SH 2 —), epoxythio (—O—S), epoxythioxy (—O—S—O—), epoxyimino (—O—NH —), epimino (—NH—), diazano (—NH—NH —), diazeno (—N ⁇ N—), triaz[1]eno (—N ⁇ N—NH—), phosphano (—PH—), stannano (—SnH 2 —), enoxymethano (—O—CH 2 —), epoxyethano (—O—CH 2 —CH 2 —), epoxyprop[1]eno
- bridge means a connection between one part of a ring structure to another part of the ring structure by a hydrocarbon bridge.
- Examples of bridges include but are not limited to the following: methano, ethano, etheno, propano, butano, 2-buteno, and benzeno.
- hetero bridge means a connection between one part of a ring structure to another part of the ring structure by one or more heteroatom groups, or a ring formed by a heterobridge connecting one part of a linear structure to another part of the linear structure, thus forming a ring.
- oxy means the divalent radical —O—.
- oxo means the divalent radical ⁇ O.
- carbonyl means the group
- carbon has two radicals for bonding.
- nitrogen has one single radical for bonding and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- alkoxy means the group —O—R, wherein the oxygen has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- alkoxy groups where the R is an alkyl include but are not limited to the following: methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy, hexoxy, heptoxy, octoxy, 1,1-dimethylethoxy, 1,1-dimethylpropoxy, 1,1-dimethylbutoxy, 1,1-dimethylpentoxy, 1-ethyl-1-methylbutoxy, 2,2-dimethylpropoxy, 2,2-dimethylbutoxy, 1-methyl-1-ethylpropoxy, 1,1-diethylpropoxy, 1,1,2-trimethylpropoxy, 1,1,2-trimethylbutoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetramethylpropoxy.
- alkoxy groups where the R is an alkenyl group include but are not limited to the following: ethenyloxy, 1-propenyloxy, 2-propenyloxy, 1-butenyloxy, 2-butenyloxy, 3-butenyloxy, 1-methyl-prop-2-enyloxy, 1,1-dimethyl-prop-2-enyloxy, 1,1,2-trimethyl-prop-2-enyloxy, and 1,1-dimethyl-but-2-enyloxy, 2-ethyl-1,3-dimethyl-but-1-enyloxy.
- alkyloxy groups where the R is an alkynyl include but are not limited to the following: ethynyloxy, 1-propynyloxy, 2-propynyloxy, 1-butynyloxy, 2-butynyloxy, 3-butynyloxy, 1-methyl-prop-2-ynyloxy, 1,1-dimethyl-prop-2-ynyloxy, and 1,1-dimethyl-but-2-ynyloxy, 3-ethyl-3-methyl-but-1-ynyloxy.
- alkoxy groups where the R is an aryl group include but are not limited to the following: phenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, and 1-anthyloxy.
- acyl means the group
- acyl groups include but are not limited to the following: acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, valeryl, isovaleryl, acryloyl, propioloyl, mathacryloyl, crotonoyl, isocrotonoyl, benzoyl, and naphthoyl.
- oxygen has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- acyloxy groups include but are not limited to the following: acetoxy, ethylcarbonyloxy, 2-propenylcarbonyloxy, pentylcarbonyloxy, 1-hexynylcarbonyloxy, benzoyloxy, cyclohexylcarbonyloxy, 2-naphthoyloxy, 3-cyclodecenylcarbonyloxy.
- carbon has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- oxycarbonyl groups include but are not limited to the following: methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, isopropyloxycarbonyl, phenoxycarbonyl, and cyclohexyloxycarbonyl.
- acyloxycarbonyl means the group
- carbon has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- alkoxycarbonyloxy means the group
- oxygen has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- carboxy means the group —C(O)OH, wherein the carbon has a single radical.
- amino or “nitrene” means the group ⁇ N—R, wherein the nitrogen has two radicals and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- amino means the group —NH2, where the nitrogen has a single radical.
- secondary amino means the group —NH—R, wherein the nitrogen has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group:
- tertiary amino means the group
- R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted and substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group.
- hydrozi means the group —NH—NH—, wherein the nitrogens have single radicals bound to the same atom.
- hydrazo means the group —NH—NH—, wherein the nitrogens have single radicals bound to the different atoms.
- hydrazino means the group NH 2 —NH—, wherein the nitrogen has a single radical.
- hydroxo means the group NH 2 —N ⁇ , wherein the nitrogen has two radicals.
- hydroxyimino means the group HO—N ⁇ , wherein the nitrogen has two radicals.
- alkoxyimino means the group R—O—N ⁇ , wherein the nitrogen has two radicals and R is an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- azido means the group N 3 —, wherein the nitrogen has one radical.
- azoxy means the group —N(O) ⁇ N—, wherein the nitrogens have one radical.
- alkazoxy means the group R—N(O) ⁇ N—, wherein the nitrogen has one radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- Azoxybenzene is an example compound.
- cyano means the group —CN.
- isocyano means the group —NC.
- cyanato means the group —OCN.
- isocyanato means the group —NCO.
- fullminato means the group —ONC.
- thiocyanato means the group —SCN.
- isothiocyanato means the group —NCS.
- sernocyanato means the group —SeCN.
- isoselenocyanato means the group —NCSe.
- nitrogen has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- nitrogen has two radicals and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- nitrogen means the group O ⁇ N—, wherein the nitrogen has a single radical.
- aminooxy means the group —O—NH 2 , wherein the oxygen has a single radical.
- carbon has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- carbon has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- hydrooximoyl or “oxime” means the group
- carbon has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- nitrogen has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- sulfide means the group —S—R, wherein the sulfur has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- thiol means the group wherein the sulfur has two radicals. Hydrothiol means —SH.
- thioacyl means the group —C(S)—R, wherein the carbon has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- sulfur has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- thiosulfoxide means the substitution of sulfur for oxygen in sulfoxide; the term includes substitution for an oxygen-bound between the sulfur and the R group when the first carbon of the R group has been substituted by an oxy group and when the sulfoxide is bound to a sulfur atom on another group.
- sulfur has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- thiosulfone means substitution of sulfur for oxygen in one or two locations in sulfone; the term includes substitution for an oxyen bound between the sulfur and the R group when the first carbon of the R group has been substituted by an oxy group and when the sulfone is bound to a sulfur atom on another group.
- oxygen has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- thiosulfate means substitution of sulfur for oxygen in one, two, three, or four locations in sulfate.
- phosphoric acid ester means the group R 1 R 2 PO 4 —, wherein the oxygen has a single radical and R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and unsubstituted and substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group, and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted and substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group.
- substituted in the context of chemical species, means independently selected from the group consisting of (1) the replacement of a hydrogen on at least one carbon by a monovalent radical, (2) the replacement of two hydrogens on at least one carbon by a divalent radical, (3) the replacement of three hydrogens on at least one terminal carbon (methyl group) by a trivalent radical, (4) the replacement of at least one carbon and the associated hydrogens (e.g., methylene group) by a divalent, trivalent, or tetravalent radical, and (5) combinations thereof. Meeting valence requirements restricts substitution.
- Substitution occurs on alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic groups, providing substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkynyl, substituted aryl group, substituted heterocyclic ring, and substituted polycyclic groups.
- the groups that are substituted on an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic groups are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, polycyclic group, halo, heteroatom group, oxy, oxo, carbonyl, amide, alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, oxycarbonyl, acyloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy, carboxy, imino, amino, secondary amino, tertiary amino, hydrazi, hydrazino, hydrazono, hydroxyimino, azido, azoxy, alkazoxy, cyano, isocyano, cyanato, is
- replacement of one hydrogen or ethane by a hydroxyl provides ethanol
- replacement of two hydrogens by an oxo on the middle carbon of propane provides acetone (dimethyl ketone.)
- replacement the middle carbon (the methenyl group) of propane by the oxy radical (—O—) provides dimethyl ether (CH 3 —O—CH 3 .)
- replacement of one hydrogen on a benzene by a phenyl group provides biphenyl.
- heteroatom groups can be substituted inside an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkylnyl group for a methylene group (:CH 2 ) thus forming a linear or branched substituted structure rather than a ring or can be substituted for a methylene inside of a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, or cycloalkynyl ring thus forming a heterocyclic ring.
- nitrilo (—N ⁇ ) can be substituted on benzene for one of the carbons and associated hydrogen to provide pyridine, or and oxy radical can be substituted to provide pyran.
- unsubstituted means that no hydrogen or carbon has been replaced on an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, or aryl group.
- linker means a molecule having one end attached or capable of attaching to a solid surface and the other end having a reactive group that is attached or capable of attaching to a chemical species of interest such as a small molecule, an oligomer, or a polymer.
- a linker may already be bound to a solid surface and/or may already have a chemical species of interest bound to its reactive group.
- a linker may have a protective group attached to its reactive group, where the protective group is chemically or electrochemically removable.
- a linker may comprise more than one molecule, where the molecules are covalently joined in situ to form the linker having the desired reactive group projecting away from a solid surface.
- spacer means a molecule having one end attached or capable of attaching to the reactive group of a linker and the other end having a reactive group that is attached or capable of attaching to a chemical species of interest such as a small molecule, an oligomer, or a polymer.
- a spacer may already be bound to a linker and/or may already have a chemical species of interest bound to its reactive group.
- a spacer may have a protective group attached to its reactive group, where the protective group is chemically or electrochemically removable.
- a spacer may be formed in situ on a linker. A spacer may be formed and then attached to a linker already attached to a solid surface.
- a spacer may be externally synthesized on a chemical species of interest followed by attachment to a linker already attached to a solid surface.
- a chemical species of interest may be attached to a spacer that is attached to a linker, where the entire structure is then attached to a solid surface at a reactive sight on the solid surface.
- the purpose of a spacer is to extend the distance between a molecule of interest and a solid surface.
- combination linker and spacer means a linker having both the properties of a linker and a spacer.
- a combination linker and spacer may be synthesized in situ or synthesized externally and attached to a solid surface.
- coating means a thin layer of material that is chemically and/or physically bound to a solid surface.
- a coating may be attached to a solid surface by mechanical interlocking as well as by van der Waals forces (dispersion forces and dipole forces), electron donor-acceptor interactions, metallic coordination/complexation, covalent bonding, or a combination of the aforementioned.
- a coating can provide a reactive group for direct attachment of a chemical species of interest, attachment of a linker, or attachment of a combination linker and spacer.
- a coating can be polymerized and/or cross-linked in situ.
- reactive or reaction coating or reactive or reaction layer means that there is a chemical species or bound group within the layer that is capable of forming a covalent bond for attachment of a linker, spacer, or other chemical species to the layer or coating.
- porous as used in porous reactive layer or coating means that there are non-uniformities within the layer or coating to allow molecular species to diffuse into and through the layer or coating.
- adsorption or “adsorbed” means a chemical attachment by van der Waals forces (dispersion forces and dipole forces), electron donor-acceptor interactions, or metallic coordination/complexation, or a combination of the aforementioned forces.
- a species may covalently bind to a surface, depending on the surface, the species, and the environmental conditions.
- microarray refers to, in general, planer surface having specific spots that are usually arranged in a column and row format, wherein each spot can be used for some type of chemical or biochemical analysis, synthesis, or method.
- the spots on a microarray are typically smaller than 100 micrometers.
- electrode microarray refers to a microarray of electrodes, wherein the electrodes are the specific spots on the microarray.
- synthesis quality refers to, in general, the average degree of similarity between a desired or designed chemical or biochemical species and the species actually synthesized.
- the term can refer to other issues in a synthesis such as the effect of a layer or coating on the synthesis quality achieved.
- solvation means a chemical process in which solvent molecules and molecules or ions of a solute combine to form a compound, wherein the compound is generally a loosely bound complex held together by van der Waals forces (dispersion forces and dipole forces), acid-base interactions (electron donor acceptor interactions), ionic interaction, or metal complex interactions but not covalent bonds.
- van der Waals forces disersion forces and dipole forces
- acid-base interactions electrospray donor acceptor interactions
- ionic interaction ionic interaction
- metal complex interactions but not covalent bonds.
- the pH of the water can affect solvation of dissociable species such as acids and bases.
- concentration of salts as well as the charge on salts can affect solvation.
- agarose means any commercially available agarose.
- Agarose is a polysaccharide biopolymer and is usually obtained from seaweed.
- Agarose has a relatively large number of hydroxyl groups, which provide for high water solubility.
- Agarose is available commercially in a wide ranger of molecular weights and properties.
- controlled pore glass means any commercially available controlled pore glass material suitable for coating purposes.
- controlled pore glass is an inorganic glass material having a high surface area owing to a large amount of void space.
- monosaccharide means one sugar molecule unlinked to any other sugars.
- monosaccharides include allose, altrose, arabinose, deoxyribose, erythrose, fructose (D-Levulose), galactose, glucose, gulose, idose, lyxose, mannose, psicose, ribose, ribulose, sedoheptulose, D-sorbitol, sorbose, sylulose, L-rhamnose (6-Deoxy-L-mannose), tagatose, talose, threose, xylulose, and xylose.
- disaccharide means two sugars linked together to form one molecule.
- examples of disaccharides include amylose, cellobiose (4- ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyl-D-glucopyranose), lactose, maltose (4-O- ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyl-D-glucose), melibiose (6-O- ⁇ -D-Galactopyranosyl-D-glucose), palatinose (6-O- ⁇ -D-Glucopyranosyl-D-fructose), sucrose, and trehalose ( ⁇ -D-Glucopyranosyl- ⁇ -D-glucopyranoside).
- trisaccharide means three sugars linked together to form one molecule.
- examples of a trisaccharides include raffinose (6-O- ⁇ -D-Galactopyranosyl-D-glucopyranosyl- ⁇ -D-fructofuranoside) and melezitose (O- ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 3)- ⁇ -D-fructofuranosyl-a-D-glucopyranoside).
- polysaccharide means more than three sugars linked together to form one molecule, but more accurately means a sugar-based polymer or oligomer.
- examples of polysaccharides include inulin, dextran (polymer composed of glucose subunits), starches, and cellulose.
- an electrode microarray having an adsorbed porous reaction layer for improved synthesis quality has a plurality of electrodes attached to a substrate, wherein the electrodes are electronically connected to a computer control system that allows selection of any electrode individually or more than one electrode as group of electrodes.
- FIGS. 1A and 1B are schematics of a cross section of two electrodes 108 , 110 of such a microarray 106 having a plurality of electrodes.
- an adsorbed layer 104 A shown in FIG. 1A covers the electrodes and the substrate that the electrodes are attached thereto.
- the adsorbed layer 104 A has hydroxyl reactive groups 102 .
- the reactive groups 102 can be groups other than hydroxyl including but not limited to amine, carboxylic acid, aldehyde, thiol, alkene, alkyne, nitrile, azido, or phosphorous-based compound.
- the adsorbed layer 104 B can be substantially on the electrodes but substantially not on the substrate 106 .
- the adsorbed layer can be chemically blocked and selectively electrochemically deblocked to control the locations of chemical reactions to specific electrodes while preventing chemical reactions on non-selected electrodes and on non-electrode areas.
- the adsorbed porous reaction layer on the plurality of electrodes comprises a chemical species having at least one hydroxyl group, wherein the chemical species is selected from the group consisting of monosaccharides, disaccharides, trisaccharides, polyethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol derivative, N-hydroxysuccinimide, formula I, formula II, formula III, formula IV, formula V, formula VI, and formula VII, and combinations thereof, wherein formula I is
- formula III is HOR 4 (OR 5 ) m R 7
- formula IV is
- n is an integer from 1 to 4.
- R 1 , R 2 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group, and halo, amide, alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, oxycarbonyl, acyloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy, carboxy, amino, secondary amino, tertiary amino, hydrazino, azido, alkazoxy, cyano, isocyano, cyanato, isocyanato, thiocyanato, fulminato, isothiocyanato, isoselenocyanato, selenocyanato, carboxyamido, acylimino, nitroso, aminooxy, carboximidoyl, hydrazonoyl
- R 3 is preferably selected from the group consisting of heteroatom group, carbonyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group
- R 4 and R 5 are preferably independently selected from the group consisting of methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, and hexylene.
- R 6 forms a ring structure with two carbons of succinimide and is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group.
- R 7 is selected from the group consisting of amino and hydroxyl.
- the monosaccharide is selected from the group consisting of allose, altrose, arabinose, deoxyribose, erythrose, fructose (D-Levulose), galactose, glucose, gulose, idose, lyxose, mannose, psicose, L-rhamnose (6-Deoxy-L-mannose), ribose, ribulose, sedoheptulose, D-sorbitol, sorbose, sylulose, tagatose, talose, threose, xylulose, and xylose.
- the disaccharide is selected from the group consisting of amylose, cellobiose (4- ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyl-D-glucopyranose), lactose, maltose (4-O- ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyl-D-glucose), melibiose (6-O- ⁇ -D-Galactopyranosyl-D-glucose), palatinose (6-O- ⁇ -D-Glucopyranosyl-D-fructose), sucrose, and trehalose ( ⁇ -D-Glucopyranosyl-a-D-glucopyranoside).
- the triaccharide is selected from the group consisting of raffinose (6-O- ⁇ -D-Galactopyranosyl-D-glucopyranosyl- ⁇ -D-fructofuranoside) and melezitose (O- ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 3)- ⁇ -D-fructofuranosyl- ⁇ -D-glucopyranoside).
- the polyethylene glycol has a molecular weight between approximately 1,000 and approximately 20,000, more preferably between approximately 5000 and approximately 15,000, and most preferably between approximately 7,000 and approximately 10,000.
- the polyethylene glycol derivative is selected from the group consisting of diethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol having primary amino groups, 2-(2-aminoethoxy) ethanol, ethanol amine, di(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, di(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, tri(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, tri(ethylene glycol) mono benzyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono trityl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono chloro mono methyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono allyl mono methyl ether, tetra(ethlyne glycol) mono allyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono
- the adsorbed porous reaction layer chemical species having at least one hydroxyl group is selected from the group consisting of sucrose, palatinose, fructose, glucose, lactose, DEG, TEG, and PEG having a molecular weight of approximately 8,000. Most preferably, the adsorbed porous reaction layer chemical species having at least one hydroxyl group is sucrose.
- a method for cleaning the electrode microarray prior to adsorption of the porous reaction layer onto the microarray.
- the microarray is cleaned using a plasma cleaning method and then cleaned using an electrochemical cleaning method.
- the microarray is cleaned using a plasma cleaning method and then cleaned using a hydrogen peroxide cleaning method.
- the plurality of electrodes on the electrode microarray is selected from the group consisting of platinum, gold, semiconductor, indium tin oxide, and carbon, and combinations thereof. Platinum is the preferred embodiment.
- the plasma cleaning method comprises exposing the electrode microarray to an inert gas to physically clean (sputter etch) the surface of the electrode array.
- the inert gas is preferably Argon, and preferably, the sputter etch process is performed for approximately two to six minutes, wherein the plasma power is 200 W, the self bias voltage is 600-650V, the plasma pressure is 8 mTorr, and a 200 mm diameter electrode is used in a parallel plate plasma chamber.
- the plasma cleaning method comprises exposing the electrode microarray to a chemically reactive gas to clean the surface of the electrode array through a chemical reactive process.
- the reactive gas is preferably oxygen, sulfur hexafluoride, trimfluoromethane, carbon tetrafluoride or other chemically reactive gas species.
- the plasma process is performed in an Oxford Instruments Plasmalab 800 Plus RIE system having an electrode diameter of 460 mm, wherein the plasma cleaning method comprises a three-step plasma treatment.
- the microarray is etched using argon plasma for approximately three minutes using a RF plasma power of approximately 600 watts, a set pressure of approximately eight millitorr and an Ar gas flow of approximately 30 sccm.
- the microarray is etched using oxygen plasma for approximately six minutes using an RF plasma power of approximately 500 watts, a set pressure of approximately 50 millitorr and an oxygen gas flow of approximately 50 sccm.
- the microarray is etched using argon plasma for approximately ten minutes using an RF plasma power of approximately 600 watts, a set pressure of approximately eight millitorr and an Ar gas flow of approximately 30 sccm.
- the amount of material removed by etching is estimated to be approximately equivalent to between 300 to 400 ⁇ ngstrom of a plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposited (PECVD) silicon nitride film.
- PECVD plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposited
- the plasma cleaning method comprises exposing the electrode microarray to a sulfur hexafluoride plasma for approximately 30 to 60 minutes, where the plasma power is 300 watts, the plasma pressure is approximately 250 to 350 mTorr, and the gas flow is 124 cubic centimeters per minute in an isoptropic plasma chamber.
- the plasma cleaning method comprises etching the electrode microarray in a commercial Reactive Ion Etch Plasma system (such as Oxford Plasmalab 800Plus RIE system with a 460 mm diameter electrode) using (1) an argon plasma for approximately 2 to 4 minutes and a RF plasma power of approximately 600 watts, where the pressure is approximately eight millitorr and the Ar gas flow is approximately 30 sccm; (2) an oxygen plasma for approximately 5 to 7 minutes using a power of approximately 500 watts, where the pressure is approximately 50 millitorr and the oxygen gas flow of approximately 50 sccm; or (3) an argon plasma for approximately 8 to 12 minutes using a power of approximately 600 watts, where the pressure is approximately eight millitorr and the Ar gas flow is approximately 30 sccm.
- a commercial Reactive Ion Etch Plasma system such as Oxford Plasmalab 800Plus RIE system with a 460 mm diameter electrode
- the electrochemical cleaning method comprises placing the electrode microarray into a solution of sulfuric acid and then pulsing columns of electrodes having an alternating pattern of pulsed/active electrodes and ground electrodes. After the first pulse, the active electrodes become the ground electrodes and the ground electrodes become the active electrodes. For each subsequent pulse, the electrode columns alternate between being the active column and being the ground column. The electrode columns alternate between active and ground for the duration of the cleaning time.
- the concentration of sulfuric acid is between approximately 0.01 and 5 molar, more preferably between approximately 0.1 and 1.5 molar, and most preferably between approximately 0.4 and 0.6 molar.
- the duration of the cleaning time is between approximately 1 and 60 minutes, more preferably between approximately 5 and 15 minutes, and most preferably between approximately 8 and 12 minutes.
- the pulse time active electrode column time
- the pulse time is between approximately 0.01 and 60 seconds, more preferably between approximately 0.05 and 0.5 seconds, and most preferably between approximately 0.08-0.12 seconds.
- the cleaning is done preferably between approximately 0° C. and 50° C. and most preferably between approximately room temperature and 30° C.
- the microarray is washed using distilled water.
- the concentration of sulfuric acid is 0.5 molar
- the cleaning time is 10 minutes
- the pulse time is 0.1 seconds
- the temperature is room temperature.
- the hydrogen peroxide cleaning method comprises placing the electrode microarray into a solution containing hydrogen peroxide.
- the concentration of hydrogen peroxide is between approximately 0.5 and 10 percent hydrogen peroxide, more preferably between approximately 1 and 5 percent hydrogen peroxide, and most preferably between approximately 2 and 4 percent hydrogen peroxide.
- the temperature of the solution is preferably between approximately room temperature and 95° C., more preferably between approximately 35° C. and 80° C., and most preferably between approximately 60° C. and 70° C.
- the time of treatment is preferably between approximately 1 minute and 24 hours, more preferably between approximately 30 minutes and 12 hours, and most preferably between approximately 45 minutes and 2 hours. In the most preferred embodiment, the concentration of hydrogen peroxide is 3 percent; the treatment time is one hour; and the temperature of the solution is 65° C. Afterward exposure to the hydrogen peroxide solution, the microarray is rinsed using distilled water.
- an adsorption method for the attachment of the adsorbed porous reaction layer chemical species to a clean electrode microarray.
- the electrode microarray is placed into a solution containing a chemical species that forms the reaction layer.
- the chemical species has a natural affinity for the clean microarray thus adsorbs onto the surface thereof.
- the treatment time is between approximately 1 minute and 1 month, more preferably between approximately 30 minutes to 1 week, and most preferably between approximately 1 hour and 24 hours.
- the solvent used for making the solution is preferably water.
- Other solvents are suitable, including alcohols, acetonitrile, dimethyl formamide and methylene chloride as well as other common laboratory solvents or the uncommon equivalent of such solvents. Other unusual solvents may be suitable.
- the concentration of the chemical species in solution is between approximately 0.001 and 5 molar, more preferably between approximately 0.1 and 2 molar, and most preferably between approximately 0.2 and 0.5 molar.
- the temperature of the solution during treatment is preferably between approximately 0 and 90° C.
- the solution is an aqueous solution of 0.25 molar sucrose; the treatment time is one hour; and the temperature is room temperature.
- the solution is an aqueous solution of 0.25 molar sucrose; the treatment time is 48 hours; and the temperature is 37° C.
- the microarray is rinsed using the solvent used for the treatment solution. After rinsing, the microarray is allowed to air dry.
- an electrode microarray having an adsorbed porous reaction layer having a combination linker and spacer (linker/spacer) attached thereto for improved synthesis quality is provided.
- the microarray has a plurality of electrodes attached to a substrate, wherein the electrodes are electronically connected to a computer control system that allows selection of any electrode individually or more than one electrode as group of electrodes.
- the linker/spacer is synthesized in situ on the adsorbed porous reaction layer.
- the linker/spacer is synthesized in situ on an adsorbed porous reaction layer comprising sucrose.
- FIGS. 2A and 2B are schematics of a cross section of two electrodes 208 , 210 of an electrode microarray 206 having a plurality of electrodes.
- the microarray 206 has an adsorbed porous reaction layer 204 A having reacted hydroxyl groups 202 (shown after reaction as an ether linkage) attached to the entire surface of the microarray 206 .
- a blocking group (P) 212 is shown attached to the reaction layer 204 A at non-electrode locations. The blocking group 212 prevents synthesis at non-electrode locations.
- FIG. 2A is a cross section of two electrodes 208 , 210 of an electrode microarray 206 having a plurality of electrodes.
- the microarray 206 has an adsorbed porous reaction layer 204 A having reacted hydroxyl groups 202 (shown after reaction as an ether linkage) attached to the entire surface of the microarray 206 .
- a blocking group (P) 212 is shown attached to
- the microarray 205 has an adsorbed porous reaction layer 204 B having reacted hydroxyl groups 202 (shown after reaction as an ether linkage), wherein the reaction layer is substantially attached only to electrodes 208 , 210 .
- the electrodes 208 , 210 have a linker/spacer 214 attached thereto to the reaction layer 204 A, 204 B.
- the linker/spacer 214 is attached through an ether linkage 202 .
- the linker/spacer has a terminal reactive group 216 for in situ synthesis.
- the linker/spacer is an oligomer synthesized in situ and having a substantial charge in aqueous solution.
- the linker/spacer is a sequence of DNA synthesized in situ.
- FIG. 3 shows a cross section of two electrodes 308 , 310 of an electrode microarray 306 having a plurality of electrodes. An adsorbed porous reaction layer 304 is shown attached to the microarray 306 .
- Electrode 310 shows a DNA linker/spacer 316 having a negative charge 318 in an aqueous solution 320 having cations, wherein the linker/spacer is attached to an adsorbed porous reaction layer 304 through an ether linkage 302 and has a linked group 312 attached at the end of the linker/spacer 316 protruding into the aqueous solution 320 .
- the linker/spacer comprises a 15-unit deoxythymidylate DNA chain synthesized in situ.
- Electrode 308 shows a non-ionic linker/spacer 314 attached thereto via an ether linkage 302 and having a linked group 312 terminally attached.
- the non-ionic linker/spacer 314 likely allows the linked group 312 to approach the microarray 306 because the non-ionic linker/spacer 314 is less well solvated owing to the lack of ionic charge.
- the charge on the linker/spacer 316 likely improves solvation in aqueous media 320 by preventing the linker/spacer 316 from folding on itself because of charge repulsion. Charge repulsion prevents the linker/spacer 316 from interacting with other adjacent charged linker/spacers on the same electrode.
- solvation structures are likely formed in the aqueous media thus minimizing side chain contact of the charged linker/spacer with the solid surface.
- a well solvated linker/spacer is expected to allow a subsequent group placed in a solution to have better access to the reactive group on the end of the linker/spacer while at the same time preventing quenching of fluorescence from a fluorescently labeled marker attached to a subsequent group or a chain of subsequent groups.
- This example illustrates microarrays of nucleotides prepared using selected adsorbed porous reaction layers on the different microarrays.
- Each microarray was cleaned using the plasma cleaning method and the electrochemical cleaning method or using the plasma cleaning method and the hydrogen peroxide cleaning method, each as disclosed herein. After cleaning, each microarray was exposed to a solution containing a chemical for forming an adsorbed porous reaction layer as disclosed herein.
- the chemicals used for the experiments included agarose, sucrose, diethylene glycol, ethylene glycol, N-hydroxysuccinimide, triethylene glycol, raffinose, melizitose, Splenda®, inulin, polyethylene glycol having a molecular weight of 8000, salicin, ribose, and melibiose.
- each microarray After each microarray was prepared, after cleaning with a porous reaction layer, different nucleotides of either 15 mer, shown in FIGS. 11 though 19 , 25 , and 26 , or 35 mer, shown in FIGS. 5 through 10 , were synthesized in situ on each microarray using an electrochemical synthesis method. After synthesis, the 35 mer nucleotide microarrays were hybridized to a complex background having a spiked-in control transcript. The complex background sample was prepared from fluorescently labeled placental DNA. The spiked-in control was a labeled phage lambda nucleic acid. Various amounts of spiked-in control transcripts were combined with the complex background.
- the 15 mer microarrays were hybridized to labeled 15 mer DNA oligonucleotides.
- the 15 mer oligonucleotides were prepared from phage lambda nucleic acid.
- each microarray was imaged to view the amount of fluorescence and the quality of the fluorescence on the microelectrodes of the microarrays. Quality was considered “good” when there was a fluorescent circle on an electrode having a relatively uniform amount of fluorescence and having a sharp loss of fluorescence at the edge of the circle. In addition, another quality parameter was where there was minimal fluorescence at locations other than electrodes.
- sucrose was blended with other saccharides to form an adsorbed porous reaction layer.
- the solution having the blend contained 50 mM of sucrose, 100 mM of fructose, and 100 mM of glucose.
- Oligonucleotides were synthesized with lengths of 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, and 70 mers on different quadrants of the microarray.
- FIG. 27 shows a section of a microarray having each of the different length of DNA mers.
- FIGS. 28 through 35 show a larger magnification of each of the quandrants in FIG. 27 .
- a blend of monosaccharides and disaccharides used to form the adsorbed porous reaction layer is hypothesized to decrease the amount of DNA that is synthesized at each electrode.
- the DNA may be susceptible to sheer forces and may be coming off the electrode when sucrose is used by itself.
- Glucose and fructose provided lower density of DNA synthesis at each electrode.
- sucrose with glucose and fructose is thought to reduce the amount of DNA per electrode.
- the amount, as well as the spacing, between the DNA synthesized at each electrode is better controlled.
- FIGS. 4 through 19 , 25 , 26 , and 27 are magnified photographs of a top view of a portion of each microarray having a different adsorbed porous reaction layer.
- the reaction layer was agarose.
- Electrode 402 shows non-uniform fluorescence that indicated the synthesis was of low quality. The low quality may have been a result of a separation of the agarose away from the electrode.
- the synthesis was performed in a checkerboard pattern of on and off electrodes where electrode 404 was an electrode that was off. This result indicated that agarose is not that suitable for use as a reaction layer.
- the reaction layer was sucrose. Electrode 502 shows good uniformity across the electrodes of the fluorescence, which indicated a high quality synthesis and a stable reaction layer. At electrode 504 , there is some amount of spotting; however, on the whole, sucrose worked well as a reaction layer.
- FIG. 6 shows the results of a sensitivity study on a sucrose reaction layer. Hybridization was done with and without transcript spike. Controls were done to ensure that the microarray was performing the synthesis as designed. Comparing the results of spiked to non-spiked samples, the microarray showed a sensitivity of approximately one picomolar when sucrose is used as the porous reaction layer.
- the reaction layer is diethylene glycol. Electrodes 704 , 706 , 708 show uniformity problems and loss of sharpness at the edge of the electrodes. Moreover, there were considerable random spotting 702 .
- the reaction layer is ethylene glycol. Electrodes 802 and 804 showed some indication of synthesis; however, the overall quality was very low owing to the lack of synthesis and considerable amount of random spotting.
- the reaction layer is N-hydroxysuccinamide. Electrode 904 showed acceptable uniformity and sharpness at the edge of the electrode. However, electrodes 902 and 906 showed some random spotting.
- the reaction layer is triethylene glycol. Electrode 1002 showed good quality. Electrode 1004 showed some spotting. Electrode 1006 showed some halo effect where the middle part of the electrode showed a loss of fluorescence, which may indicate a loss of reaction layer.
- the reaction layer is raffinose. Although synthesis occurred, electrodes 1102 , 1104 , and 1106 showed a fair amount of non-uniformity and random spotting.
- the reaction layer is melizitose. There was little, if any, indication of synthesis at electrode 1202 . There was some random spotting.
- the reaction layer is Splenda®, a modified sucrose. Uniformity was fairly good as shown at electrodes 1302 and 1304 . Electrode 1306 showed some non-uniformity and random spotting.
- the reaction layer is inulin, a fructose oligomer. Electrodes 1402 and 1404 indicated spotting synthesis. There was considerable random spotting as indicated by feature 1406 .
- the reaction layer is palatinose. Electrodes 1502 and 1504 showed good uniformity and edge sharpness. Feature 1506 showed that there is some random spotting.
- the reaction layer is polyethylene glycol having a molecular weight of approximately 8000 daltons. Electrodes 1602 and 1604 showed very good uniformity and edge sharpness. Additionally, there was minimal random spotting.
- the reaction layer is salicin. Electrodes 1702 and 1704 showed very spotty and non-uniform synthesis.
- the reaction layer is ribose. Electrodes 1802 and 1804 showed minimal spotty synthesis. There was some random spotting.
- the reaction layer is melibiose. Electrodes 1902 and 1904 showed non-uniform synthesis.
- the reaction layer is 1-(3-hydroxylpropyl) pyrrole.
- the electrodes showed a fairly uniform synthesis, indicating 1-(3-hydroxylpropyl) pyrrole as a good candidate for uses as an adsorbed porous reaction layer.
- the reaction layer is 1-hexylpyrrole.
- the electrodes showed a fairly uniform synthesis, indicating 1-hexylpyrrole as a good candidate for uses as an adsorbed porous reaction layer.
- FIG. 27 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose, fructose, and glucose.
- the lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos.
- the oligomers had a length of 35 to 70 mers.
- FIGS. 28 through 35 show each quandrant of FIG. 27 .
- This example illustrates a peptide array with and without a combination linker and spacer that was synthesized on an electrode microarray of platinum electrodes having an absorbed porous reaction layer comprising sucrose.
- the combination linker and spacer was a 16 T unit synthesized in situ. After synthesis of the combination linker and spacer, the peptide array was synthesized in situ thereon. Fluorescent reagent was used to image the peptides, but the only image that could be seen was on the electrodes having the combination linker and spacer.
- the electrode microarray used was a commercial microarray made by CombiMatrix Corporation (CUSTOMARRAY) (Dill et al., Anal. Chim. Acta 2001, 444:69, and Montgomery I, II, and III).
- the microarray consisted of a semiconductor silicon chip with an array of 1024 individually serially addressable 92-micrometer diameter platinum electrodes in a 16 ⁇ 64 pattern. Prior to using the microarray, the electrodes were coated with sucrose to allow covalent bonding of chemical species to the electrode via the adsorbed sucrose. The sucrose was adsorbed by exposing the platinum electrodes to a solution of sucrose in water followed by a water rinse to remove excess sucrose.
- the electrodes were set to a specified voltage via connection to a personal computer having appropriate control software.
- the software allowed control of each electrode on the microarray for electrochemical deblocking in the sequential synthesis of small molecules, oligomers, and polymers, including oligos and peptides.
- a 15-unit deoxythymidylate strand was synthesized using standard phosphoramidite chemistry.
- electrochemical deblocking steps 1.8 volts was applied for 60 seconds using an acetonitrile/methanol deblocking solution.
- a deoxythymidylate having a 5′ aminoethoxyethyl modifier was attached to electrodes having the 15 deoxythymidylate units and attached to electrodes not having the 15 deoxythymidylate units ( FIG. 22 ).
- a modified deoxythymidylate can be obtained from Glen Research, Inc. The microarray was then fully deprotected using standard chemical deblocking instead of electrochemical deblocking.
- Chemical deblocking was accomplished by exposing the microarray to a one to one solution of ethylene diamine and ethanol for one hour at 65° C. and then exposing to Deblock T® (Burdick and Jackson) for 30 minutes at room temperature.
- Leucine (L) was coupled to eight electrodes.
- the microarray was exposed to a solution containing t-BOC protected L (120 milligrams, 0.52 millimoles), O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (190 milligrams, 0.50 millimoles)(HBTU), N-hydroxybenztriazole (67 milligrams, 0.50 millimoles)(HOBT), and diisopropylethylamine (261 microliter, 1.50 millimoles)(DIPEA) dissolved into one milliliter of N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF).
- t-BOC protected L 120 milligrams, 0.52 millimoles
- O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate 190 milligrams, 0.50 millimoles
- HOBT N-hydroxybenztriazole
- the microarray was washed successively with DMF (one milliliter) and then methylene chloride (one milliliter). Following washing, the leucine-coupling step was repeated to ensure complete coverage of the electrodes with the t-BOC protected leucine. Following the second L couple step, the microarray was washed successively with DMF (one milliliter), methylene chloride (one milliliter), and then with ethanol to remove any residual DMF or methylene chloride. The microarray was then allowed to air dry.
- the microarray was covered with a solution of 1,2-diphenylhydrazine (200 milligrams, 1.1 millimoles) and tetrabutylammonium hexafluorophosphate (400 milligrams, 1.0 millimoles) dissolved in methylene chloride (10 milliliters).
- methylene chloride 10 milliliters.
- the eight selected electrodes were powered to make such electrodes the active electrodes to deblock the L on only the active electrodes. Deblocking removed the t-BOC protecting group from the L on the active electrodes.
- the active electrodes were held at 3.0 volts verses a platinum counter electrode for 60 seconds. After deblocking, the deblock solution was removed from the microarray.
- the microarray was rinsed with ethanol to remove any residual electrochemical deblocking solution and then allowed to air dry.
- the synthesis process was repeated using a step pattern with t-BOC-phenylalanine-OH (F) ( FIG. 22 ). Following this step, electrochemical deblocking was done. The synthesis process iterated through two rounds of boc-glycine-OH (G) followed by Boc-tyrosine (t-butyl)-OH(Y) to construct a peptide having LFGGY as its sequence as viewed by moving away from the solid surface. The peptide sequence is more commonly written as YGGFL.
- the entire microarray was subjected to standard chemical deblocking using 40% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in methylene chloride (30 minutes) followed by 90% aqueous TFA (30 minutes).
- TFA trifluoroacetic acid
- the microarray was rinsed with ethanol and then blocked with acylated bovine serum albumin (ABSA) to eliminate background binding of antibody.
- ABSA acylated bovine serum albumin
- the solution used for blocking contained two milligrams per milliliter of ABSA in 2 ⁇ PBS and 0.05% TWEEN 20TM. The blocking reaction was allowed to proceed for 30 minutes. After blocking, the microarray was incubated with primary anti-beta-endorphin antibody.
- the antibody used was Clone 3-E7 (monoclonal, mouse) and was diluted by 1/1000 using 2 ⁇ PBS having 0.05% TWEEN 20TM therein.
- the 2 ⁇ PBS and TWEEN 20TM were purchased from Chemicon International, Inc.
- the anti-beta-endorphin antibody will selectively adsorb on the electrodes having the peptide sequence YGGFL synthesized thereon.
- the microarray was exposed to Cy5TM labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody, which will selectively adsorb onto the anti-beta-endorphin antibody.
- the Cy5TM labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody was purchased from Integrated DNA Technologies.
- the microarray was imaged on an Array Works® Imager to locate the electrodes having Cy5TM labeled donkey anti-mouse.
- FIGS. 20A-20E are schematics of a cross-section of a microarray 2006 of four electrodes 2008 , 2009 , 2010 , 2010 of a microarray of electrodes. A sequence of steps is shown for the synthesis of the combination linker and spacer 2016 , 2018 , 2020 A, 2020 B on two electrodes 2010 , 2011 followed by peptide synthesis 2024 and labeling 2030 , 2032 , 2034 .
- FIG. 20A is a schematic of the electrode microarray 2006 before synthesis.
- a coating 2004 is shown covering the microarray. The coating 2004 only covered the platinum electrodes 2008 , 2009 , 2010 , 2011 .
- the coating 2004 is shown having hydroxyl groups as the reactive groups 2002 A. Other reactive groups may be used.
- Step 2012 was a sequence of steps for the attachment of the combination linker and spacer to two electrodes 2010 , 2011 in FIG. 20B .
- Two electrodes 2008 , 2009 are shown without the combination linker and spacer but having the reactive group changed to an amine 2020 A by attachment of a modified T 2014 , 2018 according to the above procedure.
- Step 2022 was the first step in building the peptide 2024 by adding L to the reactive amine groups 2020 B as shown in FIG. 20C .
- Step 2026 was multiple steps for building the peptide chain 2024 as shown in FIG. 20D on all four electrodes 2008 , 2009 , 2010 , 2011 .
- Step 2028 is two steps for the adsorption of Clone 3-E7 antibody 2030 followed by adsorption of the Cy5TM labeled donkey anti-mouse 2032 , 2034 according to the above procedure as shown in FIG. 20E .
- the Cy5TM labeled donkey anti-mouse 2034 on two electrodes 2008 , 2009 is shown as shaded to indicate that the fluorescence is quenched by the platinum electrodes because the distance between the electrodes and the label is insufficient to prevent quenching.
- Cy5TM labeled donkey anti-mouse 2032 on two electrodes 2010 , 2011 is shown as not shaded to indicate that the fluorescence is visible because the combination linker and spacer provides sufficient distance between the label and the electrodes to prevent quenching.
- FIG. 21 is a schematic of two electrodes from FIG. 20E shown with and without the combination linker and spacer.
- FIG. 21 shows a cross section of the electrode microarray 2106 showing two electrodes 2108 , 2110 and having a coating 2104 having reactive hydroxyl groups 2102 .
- the coating 2104 is sucrose and was present only on the platinum electrodes.
- FIG. 21 shows the effect of the combination linker and spacer 2116 on the distance between the Cy5 labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody 2132 , 2134 and the platinum electrodes 2108 , 2110 and the accompanying effect on preventing quenching.
- the T units 2114 , 2116 have a negative charge 2136 , which improveed solvation in aqueous media 2140 having ions 2138 .
- the negative counter ions are not shown.
- the ions shown are merely representative of any type of ion that may have been present in solution.
- the hydronium ion is shown to represent acidic species as a result of the dissociation of the phosphate OH groups on the T units.
- FIG. 22 is a magnified photograph of the eight electrodes used in this example.
- the four electrodes 2202 did not have the combination linker and spacer and hence did not show any visible fluorescence from the Cy5 labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody because of platinum quenching.
- the four electrodes 2204 did have the combination linker and spacer and hence did show the fluorescence from the Cy5 labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody.
- An electrode microarray was prepared according to the procedures in Example 1 but with a series of linker/spacers of different lengths from 0 to 15 T units. In addition, after the first amino acid, leucine, was attached, no subsequent amino acids were attached. Instead, biotin was attached to the leucine at the locations having the different lengths of linker/spacers. Following attachment of the biotin, the microarray was covered by a solution of Texas Red labeled streptavidin, which selectively complexes to biotin. Image analysis was done on the microarray to view the electrodes having the Texas Red labeled strepavidin.
- FIG. 24 is magnified photograph of a top view of a portion of the microarray 2400 showing rows 2402 , 2404 , 2406 , 2408 , 2410 , 2412 , and 2414 .
- the length of the combination linker and spacer was zero on the first electrode in rows 2402 , 2408 , and 2412 .
- the length of the linker/spacer was zero on the first electrode in rows 2403 , 2410 , and 2414 .
- Row 2406 did not have any synthesis thereon.
- the length of the linker/spacer increased by one T unit moving from left to right.
- the length of the combination linker and spacer increased by one T unit moving from right to left.
- the cells without a T unit had one modified T unit having the amine group according to example 1 and FIG. 21 , electrode 2108 .
- FIG. 24 shows that as the length of the combination linker and spacer increases, the fluorescence increases. At approximately 6 to 8 T units, the fluorescence began to increase substantially until reaching the last cell having 15 T units having the strongest fluorescence. Thus, increasing the length of the linker/spacer can eliminate the quenching effect of the platinum electrode.
- FIG. 23 is a schematic of a cross section of two cells 2308 , 2310 of an electrode microarray 2306 having a plurality of platinum electrodes serially and individually addressable.
- a coating 2304 having hydroxyl reactive groups 2302 is shown.
- the coating 2304 was a sucrose layer adsorbed onto the platinum electrodes and was only present on the electrodes.
- Electrode 2308 is shown with a non-ionic combination linker and spacer 2314
- electrode 2310 is shown having a combination linker and spacer 2316 in accordance with the present invention.
- the nonionic linker 2314 was attached before or after synthesis of the combination linker and spacer 2316 in accordance with the present invention.
- the peptide 2324 was synthesized in situ on electrodes 2308 and 2310 .
- the fluorescent labeling procedure of examples 1 and 2 was used to label the peptides 2330 , 2332 , 2334 at electrodes 2308 and 2310 .
- the nonionic combination linker and spacer 2314 was a PEG compound or other nonionic compound.
- PEG is water soluble, it is not as well solvated as the multiple ionic combination linker and spacer 2316 of the present invention because negative charges 2318 contributed substantially to solvation.
- the lack of charge on a PEG (or other nonionic) can allow the PEG to fold upon itself, to approach the electrode surface, or to approach nearby PEG chains on the same electrode with the result that the fluorescence on electrode 2308 is expected to be less than 2310 due to platinum quenching and due to less access of the labeling species to the peptide. It is expected that synthesis efficiency will be higher using the multiple ionic combination linker and spacer 2316 of the present invention because of better access to the reactive group 420 A, 420 B on the end of the combination linker and spacer 2316 .
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Metallurgy (AREA)
- Electrochemistry (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Apparatus Associated With Microorganisms And Enzymes (AREA)
- Physical Or Chemical Processes And Apparatus (AREA)
- Electrodes For Compound Or Non-Metal Manufacture (AREA)
Abstract
There is disclosed an electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer for improved synthesis quality. The array comprises a plurality of electrodes on a substrate, wherein the electrodes are electronically connected to a computer control system. The array has an adsorbed porous reaction layer on the plurality of electrodes, wherein the adsorbed porous reaction layer comprises a chemical species having at least one hydroxyl group. In the preferred embodiment, the reaction layer is sucrose. A method for preparing an electrode array for improved synthesis quality is disclosed. The method comprises a cleaning method and a method of attachment of a reaction layer. The cleaning method comprises a plasma cleaning method and a chemical cleaning method. The reaction layer is attached after cleaning by exposing the microarray to a solution containing the chemical species having at least one hydroxyl group.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/863,097, filed Sep. 27, 2007, which is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/992,252, filed Nov. 18, 2004.
- The present invention provides an electrode microarray having an adsorbed porous reaction layer for improved synthesis quality. Specifically, the present invention provides an electrode microarray having a plurality of electrodes, having an adsorbed porous reaction layer and a process for treating the microarray surface to significantly enhance nucleic acid synthesis quality and increase assay sensitivity. More specifically, the present invention provides a computer controlled electrode microarray having a plurality of platinum-containing electrodes, having an adsorbed porous reaction layer and a process of treating the microarray surface to significantly enhance the quality of synthesis of oligonucleotides, peptides, and other chemical species while increasing binding assay sensitivity.
- Microarrays and particularly nucleic acid microarrays have become important analytical research tools in pharmacological and biochemical research and discovery. Microarrays are miniaturized arrays of points or locations arranged in a column and row format. Molecules, including biomolecules, are attached or synthesized in situ at specific attachment points, which are usually in a column and row format although other formats may be used. An advantage of microarrays is that they provide the ability to conduct hundreds, if not thousands, of experiments in parallel. Such parallelism, as compared to sequential experimentation, can be used to increase the efficiency of exploring relationships between molecular structure and biological function, where slight variations in chemical structure can have profound biochemical effects. Microarrays are available in different formats and have different surface chemistry characteristics that lead to different approaches for attaching or synthesizing molecules. Differences in microarray surface chemistry lead to differences in preparation methods for providing a surface that is receptive to attachment of a presynthesized chemical species or for synthesizing a chemical species in situ. As the name suggests, the attachment points on microarrays are of a micrometer scale, which is generally 1-100 μm.
- Research using microarrays has focused mainly on deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and ribonucleic acid (RNA) related areas, which includes genomics, cellular gene expression, single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNP), genomic DNA detection and validation, functional genomics, and proteomics (Wilgenbus and Lichter, J. Mol. Med. 77:761, 1999; Ashfari et al., CancerRes. 59:4759, 1999; Kurian et al., J. Pathol. 187:267, 1999; Hacia, Nature Genetics 21 suppl.:42, 1999; Hacia et al., Mol. Psychiatry. 3:483, 1998; and Johnson, Curr. Biol. 26:R171, 1998.) In addition to microarrays for DNA/RNA research, microarrays can be used for research related to peptides (two or more linked natural or synthetic amino acids), small molecules (such as pharmaceutical compounds), oligomers, and polymers.
- Considering microarrays for DNA related research, there are numerous methods for preparing a microarray of DNA related molecules. DNA related molecules include native or cloned DNA and synthetic DNA. Synthetic relatively short single-stranded DNA or RNA strands are commonly referred to as oligonucleotides (oligos), which is synonymous with oligodeoxyribonucleotide. Microarray preparation methods include the following: (1) spotting a solution on a prepared flat surface using spotting robots; (2) in situ synthesis by printing reagents via ink jet or other printing technology and using regular phosphoramidite chemistry; (3) in situ parallel synthesis using electrochemically generated acid for deprotection and using regular phosphoramidite chemistry; (4) maskless photo-generated acid (PGA) controlled in situ synthesis and using regular phosphoramidite chemistry; (5) mask-directed in situ parallel synthesis using photo-cleavage of photolabile protecting groups (PLPG); (6) maskless in situ parallel synthesis using PLPG and digital photolithography; and (7) electric field attraction/repulsion for depositing oligos.
- Photolithographic techniques for in situ olio synthesis are disclosed in Fodor et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,445,934 and the additional patents claiming priority thereto. Electric field attraction/repulsion microarrays are disclosed in Hollis et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,653,939 and Heller et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,929,208. An electrode microarray for in situ oligo synthesis using electrochemical deblocking is disclosed in Montgomery U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,093,302; 6,280,595, and 6,444,111 (Montgomery I, II, and III respectively), which are incorporated by reference herein. Another and materially different electrode array (not a microarray) for in situ oligo synthesis on surfaces separate and apart from electrodes using electrochemical deblocking is disclosed in Southern U.S. Pat. No. 5,667,667. A review of oligo microarray synthesis is provided by Gao et al., Biopolymers 2004, 73, 579.
- Microarrays other than DNA microarrays have been disclosed. For example, the synthetic preparation of a peptide array was originally reported in 1991 using photolithography masking techniques. This method was extended in year 2000 to include an addressable masking technique using photogenerated acids and/or in combination with photosensitizers for deblocking. Reviews of peptide microarray synthesis using photolabile deblocking are provided by Pellois et al., J. Comb. Chem. 2000, 2:355 and Fodor et al., Science, 1991, 251:767. Recent work using peptide arrays has utilized arrays produced by spotting pre-synthesized peptides or isolated proteins. A review of protein arrays is provided by Cahill and Nordhoff, Adv. Biochem. Engin/Biotechnol. 2003, 83:177.
- Preparation methods for providing a microarray surface that is receptive to attachment of a presynthesized chemical species or for synthesizing a chemical species in situ must provide a surface that is capable of bonding a chemical species as well as being capable of providing the chemical functionality necessary to conduct pharmacological and biochemical research and discovery. One approach is to treat a surface to provide reactive groups capable of covalently bonding to chemical species of interest. In such an approach, the reactive group is typically present as a result of a surface treatment or coating of the surface. For DNA related species, the reactive group required is a hydroxyl, unless there has been a chemical modification. For peptides, the reactive group required is an amine, unless there has been a chemical modification.
- Glass is a commonly used solid substrate for microarrays and must be treated before use. A common glass treatment uses silanization chemistry to introduce a stable and uniform surface having reactive groups for attachment or in situ synthesis of oligos or other chemical species (Guo et al., 1994, Nucl. Acids Res., 22:5456-5465; LeProust et al., 2001, Nucl. Acids Res., 29:2171-2180; Maskos and Southern, 1992, Nucl. Acids Res., 20:1679-1684; Skrzypcznski et al., U.S. Patent Appl. Pub. 2004/0073017, and Southern et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,576,426). Glass beads for bulk synthesis must also undergo silanization (Maskos and Southern). Gold surfaces are treated with thiol linker chemistry (Kelley et al. U.S. Patent Pub. 2002/0172963). Similarly, polymeric microarray supports, such as polypropylene, must be treated by oxidation followed by introduction of reactive groups such as terminal amines (Schepinov et al., 1997, Nucl. Acids Res., 25:1155-1161). Additionally, polystyrene beads are surface treated with polyethylene glycols having reactive terminal groups for bulk synthesis of peptides (Merck, Inc. Novabiochem Div. and Aldrich et al., U.S. Patent Appl. Pub. 2003/0134989). Finally, the surface of electrodes on an electrode microarray must be treated with a surface coating to provide reactive groups (Montgomery I, II, and III). For oligo synthesis, such a surface coating must be able to withstand the rigors of repeated exposure to synthesis solutions and to electrochemical deblocking solutions.
- The electrochemical synthesis microarray disclosed in Montgomery I, II, and III is based upon a semiconductor chip having a plurality of microelectrodes in a column and row format. This chip design uses Complimentary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) technology to create high-density arrays of microelectrodes with parallel addressing for selecting and controlling individual microelectrodes within the array. The electrodes are “turned on” by applying a voltage, which generates electrochemical reagents (particularly acidic protons) that alter the pH in a small, defined “virtual flask” region or volume adjacent to the electrode. In order to provide reactive groups at each electrode, the microarray is coated with a porous matrix material. Biomolecules can be synthesized at any of the electrodes, and such synthesis occurs within the porous matrix material. For the deblocking step, the pH is electrochemically decreased by applying a voltage to an electrode. The pH decreases only in the vicinity of the electrode because the ability of the acidic reagent to travel away from an electrode is limited by natural diffusion and by a buffer in solution.
- In general, when a surface is treated, there is a reactive group at the terminal end of a linker that is attached to the surface during treatment. A linker is a molecule that connects a species of interest to a solid surface. For example, a linker for glass has a reactive group at one end and a silane-coupling group at the other for bonding to glass. Linkers can be of various lengths, depending on the particular chemical species used to form the linker. In addition to linkers, spacers can be attached to a linker in order to provide more distance between a solid surface and an attached chemical species. Spacers can be of a different chemistry than linkers. Linkers and spacers for attachment of oligos are disclosed for glass supports (Guo et al., LeProus et. al., Maskos et al., Skrzypcznski and Southern) for aminated polypropylene supports (Schepinov et al.) and for polystyrene beads (Merck, Inc. Novabiochem Div. and Aldrich et al.).
- For a surface coating on an electrode microarray, the surface coating itself provides reactive groups that are naturally present within the coating. Montgomery I, II, and III disclose a surface coating comprising controlled porosity glass (CPG); generic polymers, such as, teflons, nylons, polycarbonates, polystyrenes, polyacylates, polycyanoacrylates, polyvinyl alcohols, polyamides, polyimides, polysiloxanes, polysilicones, polynitriles, polyelectrolytes, hydrogels, expoxy polymers, melamines, urethanes and copolymers and mixtures of these and other polymers; biologically derived polymers, polyhyaluric acids, celluloses, and chitons; ceramics, such as, alumina, metal oxides, clays, and zeolites; surfactants; thiols; self-assembled monolayers; porous carbon; and fullerine materials. Montgomery I, II, and III further discloses that the surface coating can be attached to the electrodes by spin coating, dip coating or manual application, or any other acceptable form of coating. Montgomery I, II, and III further discloses linker molecules attached to controlled porosity glass via silicon-carbon bonds and that the linker molecules include aryl, acetylene, ethylene glycol oligomers containing from 2 to 10 monomer units, diamines, diacids, amino acids, and combinations thereof. In each instance, Montgomery discloses coating the entire surface of a microarray device and not just electrode surfaces.
- Guo et al. discloses the use of a 23-atom linker for covalently attaching a DNA sequence to glass. The linker is made by reaction of the glass surface with aminopropyltrimethoxysilane to provide an amino-derivatized surface followed by coupling of the amino groups with excess p-phenylenediisothiocyanate to convert the amino groups to amino-reactive phenylisothiocyanate groups. An oligonucleotide is then covalently attached to the amino-reactive group by coupling to the amino-reactive group a 5′ amino-modified oligonucleotide attached to the 5′ end of a sequence of an oligonucleotide. The resulting structure is a solid surface having a linker attached thereto and the linker having an oligonucleotide attached from the 5′ side to the linker. Guo et al. further disclose a spacer comprising up to a 15-deoxythymidylate chain that is between the oligonucleotide and the linker. The spacer has a 5′ amino-modified oligonucleotide to allow attachment to the amino-reactive group. The spacer is attached onto the 5′ end of an oligonucleotide as a part of the oligonucleotide, and then the spacer-oligonucleotide is attached to the linker. As viewed from the glass surface, the final structure provides a glass surface having a linker having attached thereto a 5′ to 3′ prime spacer-oligonucleotide, where the spacer-oligonucleotide has been synthesized elsewhere and then attached to the linker. The 15-deoxythymidylate chain was found to have the highest hybridization signal compared to chains having fewer deoxythymidylate units.
- Maskos and Southern disclose silane-coupled linkers for glass. The linkers are different length and are terminated with a hydroxyl for oligonucleotide synthesis on the glass. The linkers are bound to glass through a glycidoxypropyl silane linkage and have a hexaethylene glycol middle section of different lengths. The linkers range from 8 to 26 atoms in length and do not have any charge. Shchepinov et al. discloses spacer molecules for coupling oligonucleotides to aminated polypropylene. The spacer molecules are built using phosphoramidite chemistry and synthesized monomers having diols as a part of the monomeric unit. Both 3′ and 5′ oligonucleotides were built upon the spacers.
- LeProust et al. discloses silane linkers terminating in a hydroxyl, amide, or amine group. The linkers were used to synthesize oligonucleotides (deoxythymidylate units) on glass slides to determine the efficiency/fidelity of synthesis. The linkers were nonionic. Southern et al. discloses nonionic linkers/spacers for use on control pore glass (CPG) for oligonucleotide synthesis. The linkers were attached to CPG through a terminal amine attached to a group on the CPG via silanization. Skrzypcznski et al. discloses nonionic linkers/spacer coupled to glass or sol-gel glass coating through silane linkage. The linker/spacer is proposed to have a hydrophobic part next to the glass attached to a hydrophilic part where a DNA probe is attached.
- Linkers and spacers are sometimes used for peptide synthesis off of a microarray. Specifically, microscopic polystyrene (PS) beads are used as a solid support (Aldrich et al.). The beads have a polyethylene glycol (PEG) spacer attached to the beads and a linking group attached to the PEG, where the linking group has a reactive group for synthesis of peptides. After synthesis, the peptides are cleaved from the linking group and recovered. Numerous PS-PEG resins for synthesis are available commercially from Merck Company, Novabiochem Division, as well as other sources.
- Oligo microarrays made with the electrochemical process as disclosed in Montgomery I, II, and III have had problems with oligo quality, where quality is judged by missing deoxynucleotide bases in sequences resulting from inefficient deblocking. In addition, quality problems can arise from delamination of the coating over the electrodes. Control pore glass coatings and polysaccharide agarose coatings are both prone to delamination quality problems. Such quality problems have caused the resulting oligo microarray to be less useful for sensitivity of gene expression assays (i.e., finding low abundance mRNA species) and for single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNP) assays, wherein single base changes need to be detected. Peptide synthesis on electrode microarrays has also been problematic. Similar quality problems have been found for glass microarrays, where research has found inefficient reactions of the various reagents with functional groups close to glass plate surfaces (LeProust et al.).
- Considering (1) the above discussion of electrode microarray quality problems for oligonucleotides, peptides, and other chemical species, and (2) the need for a surface having reactive groups on electrode microarrays, there is a need in the art to be able to improve in situ electrochemical synthesis quality to provide microarrays having higher quality. The present invention addresses these needs. Additionally, for electrode microarrays, there is a need for a modified surface coating incorporating a linker and spacer to improve synthesis quality and prevent fluorescence quenching.
- The present invention provides an electrode microarray having an adsorbed porous reaction layer for improved synthesis quality. The microarray comprises a plurality of electrodes on a substrate, wherein the electrodes are electronically connected to a computer control system. In addition, the microarray has an adsorbed porous reaction layer on the plurality of electrodes, wherein the adsorbed porous reaction layer comprises a chemical species having at least one hydroxyl group. The chemical species is selected from the group consisting of monosaccharides, disaccharides, trisaccharides, polyethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol derivative, N-hydroxysuccinimide, formula I, formula II, formula III, formula IV, formula V, formula VI, and formula VII, and combinations thereof. Formula I is
- formula II is
- formula III is HOR4(OR5)mR7; formula IV is
- formula V is
- is formula VI is
- and formula VII is
- The subscript m is an integer from ranging from 1 to about 4. The polyethylene glycol has a molecular weight of approximately 1,000 to 20,000 daltons.
- R1, R2, R7, and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group, and halo, amide, alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, oxycarbonyl, acyloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy, carboxy, amino, secondary amino, tertiary amino, hydrazino, azido, alkazoxy, cyano, isocyano, cyanato, isocyanato, thiocyanato, fulminato, isothiocyanato, isoselenocyanato, selenocyanato, carboxyamido, acylimino, nitroso, aminooxy, carboximidoyl, hydrazonoyl, oxime, acylhydrazino, amidino, sulfide, sulfoxide, thiosulfoxide, sulfone, thiosulfone, sulfate, thiosulfate, hydroxyl, formyl, hydroxyperoxy, hydroperoxy, peroxy acid, carbamoyl, trimethyl silyl, nitro, nitroso, oxamoyl, pentazolyl, sulfamoyl, sulfenamoyl, sulfeno, sulfinamoyl, sulfino, sulfo, sulfoamino, hydrothiol, tetrazolyl, thiocarbamoyl, thiocarbazono, thiocarbodiazono, thiocarbonohydrazido, thiocarboxy, thioformyl, thioacyl, thiocyanato, thiosemicarbazido, thiosulfino, thiosulfo, thioureido, triazano, triazeno, triazinyl, trithiosulfo, sulfinimidic acid, sulfonimidic acid, sulfinohydrazonic acid, sulfonohydrazonic acid, sulfinohydroximic acid, sulfonohydroximic acid, and phosphoric acid ester.
- R3 is selected from the group consisting of heteroatom group, carbonyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group. R4 and R5 are independently selected from the group consisting of methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, and hexylene. R6 forms a ring structure with two carbons of succinimide and is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group. R7 is selected from the group consisting of amino and hydroxyl.
- The monosaccharide is selected from the group consisting of allose, altrose, arabinose, deoxyribose, erythrose, fructose, galactose, glucose, gulose, idose, lyxose, mannose, psicose, L-rhamnose, ribose, ribulose, sedoheptulose, D-sorbitol, sorbose, sylulose, tagatose, talose, threose, xylulose, and xylose. The disaccharide is selected from the group consisting of amylose, cellobiose, lactose, maltose, melibiose, palatinose, sucrose, and trehalose. The triaccharide is selected from the group consisting of raffinose and melezitose.
- The polyethylene glycol derivative is selected from the group consisting of diethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol having primary amino groups, 2-(2-aminoethoxy) ethanol, ethanol amine, di(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, di(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, tri(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, tri(ethylene glycol) mono benzyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono trityl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono chloro mono methyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono allyl mono methyl ether, tetra(ethlyne glycol) mono allyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono benzyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono trityl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono 1-hexenyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mnon 1-heptenyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono 1-octenyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono 1-decenyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono 1-undecenyl ether, penta(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, penta(ethylene glycol) mono allyl mono methyl ether, penta(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono methyl ether, penta(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono benzyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono trityl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 1-hexenyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 1-heptenyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 1-octenyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 1-decenyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 1-undecenyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 4-benzophenonyl mono 1-undecenyl ether, hepta(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, hepta(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, hepta(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono methyl ether, hepta(ethylene glycol) monoallyl mono methyl ether, octa(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, octa(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, octa(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, undeca(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, undeca(ethylene glycol) mono allyl mono methyl ether, undeca(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono methyl ether, undeca(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, octadeca(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, octa(ethylene glycol), deca(ethylene glycol), dodeca(ethylene glycol), tetradeca(ethylene glycol), hexadeca(ethylene glycol), octadeca(ethylene glycol), benzophenone-4-hexa(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, benzophenone-4-hexa(ethylene glycol) hexenyl ether, benzophenone-4-hexa(ethylene glycol) octenyl ether, benzophenone-4-hexa(ethylene glycol) decenyl ether, benzophenone-4-hexa(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether, 4-fluorobenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, 4-fluorobenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether, 4-hydroxybenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, 4-hydroxybenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether, 4-hydroxybenzophenone-4′-tetra(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, 4-hydroxybenzophenone-4′-tetra(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether, 4-morpholinobenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, 4-morpholinobenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether, 4-morpholinobenzophenone-4′-tetra(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, and 4-morpholinobenzophenone-4′-tetra(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether.
- The present invention further provides a process for forming an electrode array having an adsorbed porous reaction layer for improved synthesis quality. The process comprises (1) providing a plurality of clean electrodes on a substrate, wherein the electrodes are electronically connected to a computer control system; and (2) adsorbing a porous reaction layer on the plurality of electrodes, wherein the porous reaction layer comprises a chemical species having at least one hydroxyl group, wherein the chemical species is selected from the group consisting of monosaccharides, disaccharides, trisaccharides, polyethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol derivative, N-hydroxysuccinimide, formula I, formula II, formula III, formula IV, formula V, and combinations thereof. The saccharides, PEG's, Formulae I-V are as provided herein.
- The present invention further provides a process for adsorbing a porous reaction layer onto a plurality of electrodes, comprising (1) contacting a treatment solution to the microarray for from about 1 minute to about 2 weeks, wherein the treatment solution comprises the chemical species that adsorbs onto each electrode of the plurality of electrodes and a solvent capable of dissolving the chemical species; and (2) washing off the treatment solution while leaving a layer of chemical species adsorbed onto each electrode of the plurality of electrodes.
- The present invention further provides a process for cleaning an electrode microarray comprising (1) etching the electrode microarray surface using a plasma cleaning method; and (2) cleaning the electrode microarray using a chemical cleaning method. Preferably, the plasma cleaning method comprises exposing the electrode microarray to an argon plasma sputter etch process for approximately two to six minutes, where the plasma power is 200 W, the self bias voltage is 600-650V, the plasma pressure is 8 mTorr, and a 200 mm diameter electrode is used in a parallel plate plasma chamber. Preferably, the plasma cleaning method comprises exposing the electrode microarray to a sulfur hexafluoride plasma for approximately 30 to 60 minutes, where the plasma power is 300 watts, the plasma pressure is approximately 250 to 350 mTorr, and the gas flow is 124 cubic centimeters per minute in an isoptropic plasma chamber. Preferably, the plasma cleaning method comprises etching the electrode microarray in a commercial Reactive Ion Etch Plasma system (such as Oxford Plasmalab 800Plus RIE system with a 460 mm diameter electrode) using (1) an argon plasma for approximately 2 to 4 minutes and a RF plasma power of approximately 600 watts, where the pressure is approximately eight millitorr and the Ar gas flow is approximately 30 sccm; (2) an oxygen plasma for approximately 5 to 7 minutes using a power of approximately 500 watts, where the pressure is approximately 50 millitorr and the oxygen gas flow of approximately 50 sccm; or (3) an argon plasma for approximately 8 to 12 minutes using a power of approximately 600 watts, where the pressure is approximately eight millitorr and the Ar gas flow is approximately 30 sccm.
- Preferably, chemical cleaning method comprises an electrochemical cleaning method comprising (1) contacting a sulfuric acid solution with the electrodes of the electrode microarray, wherein the sulfuric acid solution has a concentration of approximately 0.01 to 5 molar and the electrode microarray is electronically attached to a control system; (2) pulsing a current for approximately 0.01 to 60 seconds to a first group of electrodes while a second group of electrodes is grounded; (3) pulsing a current for approximately 0.01 to 60 seconds to the second group of electrodes while the first group of electrodes is grounded; and (4) alternating between pulsing a current for approximately 0.01 to 60 seconds to the first group of electrodes while the second group of electrodes is grounded and pulsing a current for approximately 0.01 to 60 seconds to the second group of electrodes while the first group of electrodes remains grounded for a cumulative time of approximately 1 to 60 minutes. Preferably, the chemical cleaning method comprises a hydrogen peroxide cleaning method comprising contacting a hydrogen peroxide solution with the electrodes of the electrode microarray, wherein the hydrogen peroxide solution has a concentration of approximately 0.5 to 10% (by volume), contacting time is approximately 1 minute to 24 hours, and the hydrogen peroxide solution temperature is approximately 20 to 95 degrees Celsius.
-
FIGS. 1A and 1B are schematics of a cross section of two electrodes of a microarray of electrodes. InFIG. 1A , an adsorbed porous reaction layer is shown as being adsorbed across the entire microarray surface. InFIG. 1B , an adsorbed porous reaction layer is shown as being adsorbed predominately on only electrode surfaces. The reaction layer is shown having hydroxyl moieties as reactive groups. -
FIGS. 2A and 2B are schematics of a cross section of two electrodes of a microarray of electrodes, wherein there is a bound linker moiety has a terminal reactive group for in situ synthesis. -
FIG. 3 is a schematic of a cross section of two electrodes of a microarray of electrodes, wherein a comparison is made between a linker/spacer having no charge to one have charge. -
FIG. 4 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having agarose as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 5 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having sucrose as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 6 is a bar chart displaying the results of a sensitivity study using sucrose as the reaction layer. -
FIG. 7 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having diethylene glycol as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 8 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having ethylene glycol as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 9 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having N-hydroxysuccinimide as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 10 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having triethylene glycol as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 11 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having raffinose as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 12 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having melizitose as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 13 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having Splenda® as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 14 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having inulin as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 15 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having palatinose as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 16 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having polyethylene glycol as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 17 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having salicin as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 18 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having ribose as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 19 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having melibiose as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos -
FIG. 20A-20E are schematics of a cross-section of four electrodes of a microarray of electrodes showing the synthesis of peptides on the electrodes followed by exposure to anti-beta endorphin antibody (clone 3-E7, mouse) and Cy5 labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody. Two electrodes have an ionic linking group, and two electrodes are missing an ionic linking group. -
FIG. 21 is a schematic of a cross-section of two electrodes of a microarray of electrodes showing the quenching of fluorescently labeled reagent by the platinum electrode when an ionic linker is not used. -
FIG. 22 is a magnified and contrast-enhanced photograph of the top view of a section of an electrode microarray showing that the fluorescence of Cy5 labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody is visible when an ionic linker is used to connect the peptide to the platinum electrode overlayer. -
FIG. 23 is schematic of a cross-section of two electrodes of a microarray of electrodes. One electrode shows that the use of a non-ionic linker allows quenching of the Cy5 labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody because the non-ionic linker is poorly solvated. The other electrode shows that the use of an ionic linker prevents quenching of the Cy5 labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody because the ionic linker is well solvated and thus keeps the labeled antibody away from the platinum electrode. -
FIG. 24 is a magnified photograph of the top view of a section of an electrode microarray showing the decrease in fluorescence quenching as the length of the linker/spacer is increased from 0 to 15 deoxythymidylate units. The linker/spacer was synthesized in situ. The fluorescence is from Texas Red labeled streptavidin bound to a biotin that is covalently attached to the end of the linker/spacer. -
FIG. 25 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having 1-(3-hydroxylpropyl) pyrrole as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 26 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having 1-hexylpyrrole as a reaction layer. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. -
FIG. 27 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. The oligomers have a length of 35 to 70 mers. -
FIG. 28 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. The oligomers have a length of 35 mers. -
FIG. 29 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. The oligomers have an average length of 40 mers. -
FIG. 30 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. The oligomers have a length of 45 mers. -
FIG. 31 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. The oligomers have a length of 50 mers. -
FIG. 32 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. The oligomers have a length of 55 mers. -
FIG. 33 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. The oligomers have a length of 60 mers. -
FIG. 34 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. The oligomers have a length of 65 mers. -
FIG. 35 is a photograph of a magnified portin of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose and fructose. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. The oligomers have a length of 70 mers. - For the most part, nomenclature for chemical groups as used herein follows the recommendations of “The International Union for Pure and Applied Chemistry”, Principles of Chemical Nomenclature: a Guide to IUPAC Recommendations, Leigh, G. J.; Favre, H. A. and Metanomski, W. V., Blackwell Science, 1998, the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein. Formation of substituted structures is limited by atom valence requirements.
- “Oligomer” means a molecule of intermediate relative molecular mass, the structure of which essentially comprises a small plurality of units derived, actually or conceptually, from molecules of lower relative molecular mass. A molecule is regarded as having an intermediate relative molecular mass if it has properties which do vary significantly with the removal of one or a few of the units. If a part or the whole of the molecule has an intermediate relative molecular mass and essentially comprises a small plurality of units derived, actually or conceptually, from molecules of lower relative molecular mass, it may be described as oligomeric, or by oligomer used adjectivally. Oligomers are typically comprised of a monomer.
- The term “co-oligomer” means an oligomer derived from more than one species of monomer. The term oligomer includes co-oligomers. As examples of oligomers, a single stranded DNA molecule consisting of deoxyadenylate (A), deoxyguanylate (G), deoxycytidylate (C), and deoxythymidylate (T) units in the following sequence, AGCTGCTATA is a co-oligomer, and a single stranded DNA molecule consisting of 10-T units is an oligomer; however, both are referred to as oligomers.
- The term “monomer” means a molecule that can undergo polymerization thereby contributing constitutional units to the essential structure of a macromolecule such as an oligomer, co-oligomer, polymer, or co-polymer. Examples of monomers include A, C, G, T, adenylate, guanylate, cytidylate, uridylate, amino acids, vinyl chloride, and other vinyls.
- The term “polymer” means a substance composed of macromolecules, which is a molecule of high relative molecular mass, the structure of which essentially comprises the multiple repetition of units derived, actually or conceptually, from molecules of low relative molecular mass. In many cases, especially for synthetic polymers, a molecule can be regarded as having a high relative molecular mass if the addition or removal of one or a few of the units has a negligible effect on the molecular properties. This statement fails in the case of certain macromolecules for which the properties may be critically dependent on fine details of the molecular structure. If a part or the whole of the molecule has a high relative molecular mass and essentially comprises the multiple repetition of units derived, actually or conceptually, from molecules of low relative molecular mass, it may be described as either macromolecular or polymeric, or by polymer used adjectivally.
- The term “copolymer” means a polymer derived from more than one species of monomer. Copolymers that are obtained by copolymerization of two monomer species are sometimes termed bipolymers, those obtained from three monomers terpolymers, those obtained from four monomers quaterpolymers, etc. The term polymer includes co-polymers.
- The term “polyethylene glycol” (PEG) means an organic chemical having a chain consisting of the common repeating ethylene glycol unit [—CH2—CH2—O—]n. PEG's are typically long chain organic polymers that are flexible, hydrophilic, enzymatically stable, and biologically inert, but they do not have an ionic charge in water. In general, PEG can be divided into two categories. First, there is polymeric PEG having a molecular weight ranging from 1000 to greater than 20,000. Second, there are PEG-like chains having a molecular weight that is less than 1000. Polymeric PEG has been used in bioconjugates, and numerous reviews have described the attachment of this linker moiety to various molecules. PEG has been used as a linker, where the short PEG-like linkers can be classified into two types, the homo-[X—(CH2—CH2—O)n]—X and heterobifunctional [X—(CH2—CH2—O)n]—Y spacers.
- The term “PEG derivative” means an ethylene glycol derivative having the common repeating unit of PEG. Examples of PEG derivatives include, but are not limited to, diethylene glycol (DEG), tetraethylene glycol (TEG), polyethylene glycol having primary amino groups, di(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, di(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, tri(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, tri(ethylene glycol) mono benzyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono trityl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono chloro mono methyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono allyl mono methyl ether, tetra(ethlyne glycol) mono allyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono benzyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono trityl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono 1-hexenyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mnon 1-heptenyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono 1-octenyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono 1-decenyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono 1-undecenyl ether, penta(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, penta(ethylene glycol) mono allyl mono methyl ether, penta(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono methyl ether, penta(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono benzyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono trityl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 1-hexenyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 1-heptenyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 1-octenyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 1-decenyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 1-undecenyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 4-benzophenonyl mono 1-undecenyl ether, hepta(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, hepta(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, hepta(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono methyl ether, hepta(ethylene glycol) monoallyl mono methyl ether, octa(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, octa(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, octa(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono ally ether, undeca(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, undeca(ethylene glycol) mono allyl mono methyl ether, undeca(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono methyl ether, undeca(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, octadeca(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, octa(ethylene glycol), deca(ethylene glycol), dodeca(ethylene glycol), tetradeca(ethylene glycol), hexadeca(ethylene glycol), octadeca(ethylene glycol), benzophenone-4-hexa(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, benzophenone-4-hexa(ethylene glycol) hexenyl ether, benzophenone-4-hexa(ethylene glycol) octenyl ether, benzophenone-4-hexa(ethylene glycol) decenyl ether, benzophenone-4-hexa(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether, 4-fluorobenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, 4-fluorobenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether, 4-hydroxybenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, 4-hydroxybenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether, 4-hydroxybenzophenone-4′-tetra(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, 4-hydroxybenzophenone-4′-tetra(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether, 4-morpholinobenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, 4-morpholinobenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether, 4-morpholinobenzophenone-4′-tetra(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, and 4-morpholinobenzophenone-4′-tetra(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether.
- The term “polyethylene glycol having primary amino groups” refers to polyethylene glycol having substituted primary amino groups in place of the hydroxyl groups. Substitution can be up to 98% in commercial products ranging in molecular weight from 5,000 to 20,000 Da.
- The term “alkyl” means a straight or branched chain alkyl group containing up to approximately 20 but preferably up to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl groups include but are not limited to the following: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, isohexyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl. A substituted alkyl has one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by other groups or a carbon replaced by a divalent, trivalent, or tetravalent group or atom. Although alkyls by definition have a single radical, as used herein, alkyl includes groups that have more than one radical to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- The term “alkenyl” means a straight or branched chain alkyl group having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and containing up to approximately 20 but preferably up to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-butenyl, 1,3-butadienyl, 2-pentenyl, 2,4-hexadienyl, 4-(ethyl)-1,3-hexadienyl, and 2-(methyl)-3-(propyl)-1,3-butadienyl. A substituted alkenyl has one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by other groups or a carbon replaced by a divalent, trivalent, or tetravalent group or atom. Although alkenyls by definition have a single radical, as used herein, alkenyl includes groups that have more than one radical to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- The term “alkynyl” means a straight or branched chain alkyl group having a single radical, having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and containing up to approximately 20 but preferably up to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, the ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 4-pentynyl, 5-hexynyl, 6-heptynyl, 7-octynyl, 1-methyl-2-butynyl, 2-methyl-3-pentynyl, 4-ethyl-2-pentynyl, and 5,5-methyl-1,3-hexynyl. A substituted alkynyl has one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by other groups or a carbon replaced by a divalent, trivalent, or tetravalent group or atom. Although alkynyls by definition have a single radical, as used herein, alkynyl includes groups that have more than one radical to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- The term “cycloalkyl” means an alkyl group forming at least one ring, wherein the ring has approximately 3 to 14 carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include but are not limited to the following: cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. A substituted cycloalkyl has one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by other groups or a carbon replaced by a divalent, trivalent, or tetravalent group or atom. Although cycloalkyls by definition have a single radical, as used herein, cycloalkyl includes groups that have more than one radical to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- The term “cycloalkenyl” means an alkenyl group forming at least one ring and having at least one carbon-carbon double bond within the ring, wherein the ring has approximately 3 to 14 carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, 1,3-cyclopentadienyl, and cyclohexenyl. A substituted cycloalkenyl has one or more hydrogens substituted by other groups or a carbon replaced by a divalent, trivalent, or tetravalent group or atom. Although cycloalkenyls by definition have a single radical, as used herein, cycloalkenyl includes groups that have more than one radical to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- The term “cycloalkynyl” means an alkynyl group forming at least one ring and having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, wherein the ring contains up to approximately 14 carbon atoms. A group forming a ring having at least one triple bond and having at least one double bond is a cycloalkynyl group. An example of a cycloalkynyl group includes, but is not limited to, cyclooctyne. A substituted cycloalkynyl has one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by other groups. Although cycloalkynyls by definition have a single radical, as used herein, cycloalkynyl includes groups that have more than one radical to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- The term “aryl” means an aromatic carbon ring group having a single radical and having approximately 4 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, and anthryl. A substituted aryl has one or more hydrogen atoms substituted by other groups. Although aryls by definition have a single radical, as used herein, aryl includes groups that have more than one radical to meet valence requirements for substitution. An aryl group can be a part of a fused ring structure such as N-hydroxysuccinimide bonded to phenyl (benzene) to form N-hydroxyphthalimide.
- The term “hetero” when used in the context of chemical groups, or “heteroatom” means an atom other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred examples of heteroatoms include oxygen, nitrogen, phosphorous, sulfur, boron, silicon, and selenium.
- The term “heterocyclic ring” means a ring structure having at least one ring moiety having at least one heteroatom forming a part of the ring, wherein the heterocyclic ring has approximately 4 to 20 atoms connected to form the ring structure. An example of a heterocyclic ring having 6 atoms is pyridine with a single hereroatom. Additional examples of heterocyclic ring structures having a single radical include, but are not limited to, acridine, carbazole, chromene, imidazole, furan, indole, quinoline, and phosphinoline. Examples of heterocyclic ring structures include, but are not limited to, aziridine, 1,3-dithiolane, 1,3-diazetidine, and 1,4,2-oxazaphospholidine. Examples of heterocyclic ring structures having a single radical include, but are not limited to, fused aromatic and non-aromatic structures: 2H-furo[3,2-b]pyran, 5H-pyrido[2,3-d]-o-oxazine, 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]oxazole, 4H-imidazo[4,5-d]thiazole, selenazolo[5,4-f]benzothiazole, and cyclopenta[b]pyran. Heterocyclic rings can have one or more radicals to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- The term “polycyclic” or “polycyclic group” means a carbon ring structure having more than one ring, wherein the polycyclic group has approximately 4 to 20 carbons forming the ring structure and has a single radical. Examples of polycyclic groups include, but are not limited to, bicyclo[1.1.0]butane, bicyclo[5.2.0]nonane, and tricycle[5.3.1.1]dodecane. Polycyclic groups can have one or more radicals to meet valence requirements for substitution.
- The term “halo” or “halogen” means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
- The term “heteroatom group” means one heteroatom or more than one heteroatoms bound together and having two free valences for forming a covalent bridge between two atoms. For example, the oxy radical, —O— can form a bridge between two methyls to form CH3—O—CH3 (dimethyl ether) or can form a bridge between two carbons to form an epoxy such as cis or trans 2,3-epoxybutane,
- As used herein and in contrast to the normal usage, the term heteroatom group will be used to mean the replacement of groups in an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and cycloalkynyl and not the formation of cyclic bridges, such as an epoxy, unless the term cyclic bridge is used with the term heteroatom group to denote the normal usage.
- Examples of heteroatom groups, using the nomenclature for hetero bridges (such as an epoxy bridge), include but are not limited to the following: azimino (—N═N—HN—), azo (—N═N—), biimino (—NH—NH —), epidioxy (—O—O—), epidithio (—S—S—), epithio (—S—), epithioximino (—S—O—NH—), epoxy (—O—), epoxyimino (—O—NH —), epoxynitrilo (—O—N═), epoxythio (—O—S —), epoxythioxy (—O—S—O—), furano (—C4H2O —), imino (—NH—), and nitrilo (—N═). Examples of heteroatom groups using the nomenclature for forming acyclic bridges include but are not limited to the following: epoxy (—O—), epithio (—S—), episeleno (—Se—), epidioxy (—O—O—), epidithio (—S—S —), lambda4-sulfano (—SH2—), epoxythio (—O—S), epoxythioxy (—O—S—O—), epoxyimino (—O—NH —), epimino (—NH—), diazano (—NH—NH —), diazeno (—N═N—), triaz[1]eno (—N═N—NH—), phosphano (—PH—), stannano (—SnH2—), enoxymethano (—O—CH2—), epoxyethano (—O—CH2—CH2—), epoxyprop[1]eno
- The term “bridge” means a connection between one part of a ring structure to another part of the ring structure by a hydrocarbon bridge. Examples of bridges include but are not limited to the following: methano, ethano, etheno, propano, butano, 2-buteno, and benzeno.
- The term “hetero bridge” means a connection between one part of a ring structure to another part of the ring structure by one or more heteroatom groups, or a ring formed by a heterobridge connecting one part of a linear structure to another part of the linear structure, thus forming a ring.
- The term “oxy” means the divalent radical —O—.
- The term “oxo” means the divalent radical ═O.
- The term “carbonyl” means the group
- wherein the carbon has two radicals for bonding.
- The term “amide” or “acylamino” means the group
- wherein the nitrogen has one single radical for bonding and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- The term “alkoxy” means the group —O—R, wherein the oxygen has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group. Examples of alkoxy groups where the R is an alkyl include but are not limited to the following: methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy, hexoxy, heptoxy, octoxy, 1,1-dimethylethoxy, 1,1-dimethylpropoxy, 1,1-dimethylbutoxy, 1,1-dimethylpentoxy, 1-ethyl-1-methylbutoxy, 2,2-dimethylpropoxy, 2,2-dimethylbutoxy, 1-methyl-1-ethylpropoxy, 1,1-diethylpropoxy, 1,1,2-trimethylpropoxy, 1,1,2-trimethylbutoxy, 1,1,2,2-tetramethylpropoxy. Examples of alkoxy groups where the R is an alkenyl group include but are not limited to the following: ethenyloxy, 1-propenyloxy, 2-propenyloxy, 1-butenyloxy, 2-butenyloxy, 3-butenyloxy, 1-methyl-prop-2-enyloxy, 1,1-dimethyl-prop-2-enyloxy, 1,1,2-trimethyl-prop-2-enyloxy, and 1,1-dimethyl-but-2-enyloxy, 2-ethyl-1,3-dimethyl-but-1-enyloxy. Examples of alkyloxy groups where the R is an alkynyl include but are not limited to the following: ethynyloxy, 1-propynyloxy, 2-propynyloxy, 1-butynyloxy, 2-butynyloxy, 3-butynyloxy, 1-methyl-prop-2-ynyloxy, 1,1-dimethyl-prop-2-ynyloxy, and 1,1-dimethyl-but-2-ynyloxy, 3-ethyl-3-methyl-but-1-ynyloxy. Examples of alkoxy groups where the R is an aryl group include but are not limited to the following: phenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, and 1-anthyloxy.
- The term “acyl” means the group
- wherein the carbon has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group. Examples of acyl groups include but are not limited to the following: acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, valeryl, isovaleryl, acryloyl, propioloyl, mathacryloyl, crotonoyl, isocrotonoyl, benzoyl, and naphthoyl.
- The term “acyloxy” means the group
- wherein the oxygen has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group. Examples of acyloxy groups include but are not limited to the following: acetoxy, ethylcarbonyloxy, 2-propenylcarbonyloxy, pentylcarbonyloxy, 1-hexynylcarbonyloxy, benzoyloxy, cyclohexylcarbonyloxy, 2-naphthoyloxy, 3-cyclodecenylcarbonyloxy.
- The term “oxycarbonyl” means the group
- wherein the carbon has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group. Examples of oxycarbonyl groups include but are not limited to the following: methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, isopropyloxycarbonyl, phenoxycarbonyl, and cyclohexyloxycarbonyl.
- The term “acyloxycarbonyl” means the group
- wherein the carbon has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- The term “alkoxycarbonyloxy” means the group
- wherein the oxygen has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- The term “carboxy” means the group —C(O)OH, wherein the carbon has a single radical.
- The term “imino” or “nitrene” means the group ═N—R, wherein the nitrogen has two radicals and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- The term “amino” means the group —NH2, where the nitrogen has a single radical.
- The term “secondary amino” means the group —NH—R, wherein the nitrogen has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group:
- The term “tertiary amino” means the group
- wherein the nitrogen has a single radical and R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted and substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group.
- The term “hydrazi” means the group —NH—NH—, wherein the nitrogens have single radicals bound to the same atom. The term “hydrazo” means the group —NH—NH—, wherein the nitrogens have single radicals bound to the different atoms.
- The term “hydrazino” means the group NH2—NH—, wherein the nitrogen has a single radical.
- The term “hydrazono” means the group NH2—N═, wherein the nitrogen has two radicals.
- The term “hydroxyimino” means the group HO—N═, wherein the nitrogen has two radicals.
- The term “alkoxyimino” means the group R—O—N═, wherein the nitrogen has two radicals and R is an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- The term “azido” means the group N3—, wherein the nitrogen has one radical.
- The term “azoxy” means the group —N(O)═N—, wherein the nitrogens have one radical.
- The term “alkazoxy” means the group R—N(O)═N—, wherein the nitrogen has one radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group. Azoxybenzene is an example compound.
- The term “cyano” means the group —CN. The term “isocyano” means the group —NC. The term “cyanato” means the group —OCN. The term “isocyanato” means the group —NCO. The term “fulminato” means the group —ONC. The term “thiocyanato” means the group —SCN. The term “isothiocyanato” means the group —NCS. The term “selenocyanato” means the group —SeCN. The term “isoselenocyanato” means the group —NCSe.
- The term “carboxyamido” or “acylamino” means the group
- wherein the nitrogen has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- The term “acylimino” means the group
- wherein the nitrogen has two radicals and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- The term “nitroso” means the group O═N—, wherein the nitrogen has a single radical.
- The term “aminooxy” means the group —O—NH2, wherein the oxygen has a single radical.
- The term “carxoimidioy” means the group
- wherein the carbon has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- The term “hydrazonoyl” means the group
- wherein the carbon has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- The term “hydroximoyl” or “oxime” means the group
- wherein the carbon has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- The term “hydrazino” means the group
- wherein the nitrogen has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- The term “amidino” means the group
- wherein the carbon has a single radical.
- The term “sulfide” means the group —S—R, wherein the sulfur has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- The term “thiol” means the group wherein the sulfur has two radicals. Hydrothiol means —SH.
- The term “thioacyl” means the group —C(S)—R, wherein the carbon has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group.
- The term “sulfoxide” means the group
- wherein the sulfur has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group. The term “thiosulfoxide” means the substitution of sulfur for oxygen in sulfoxide; the term includes substitution for an oxygen-bound between the sulfur and the R group when the first carbon of the R group has been substituted by an oxy group and when the sulfoxide is bound to a sulfur atom on another group.
- The term “sulfone” means the group
- wherein the sulfur has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group. The term “thiosulfone” means substitution of sulfur for oxygen in one or two locations in sulfone; the term includes substitution for an oxyen bound between the sulfur and the R group when the first carbon of the R group has been substituted by an oxy group and when the sulfone is bound to a sulfur atom on another group.
- The term “sulfate” means the group
- wherein the oxygen has a single radical and R is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, or polycyclic group. The term “thiosulfate” means substitution of sulfur for oxygen in one, two, three, or four locations in sulfate.
- The term “phosphoric acid ester” means the group R1R2PO4—, wherein the oxygen has a single radical and R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and unsubstituted and substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group, and R2 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted and substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group.
- The term “substituted” or “substitution,” in the context of chemical species, means independently selected from the group consisting of (1) the replacement of a hydrogen on at least one carbon by a monovalent radical, (2) the replacement of two hydrogens on at least one carbon by a divalent radical, (3) the replacement of three hydrogens on at least one terminal carbon (methyl group) by a trivalent radical, (4) the replacement of at least one carbon and the associated hydrogens (e.g., methylene group) by a divalent, trivalent, or tetravalent radical, and (5) combinations thereof. Meeting valence requirements restricts substitution. Substitution occurs on alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic groups, providing substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkynyl, substituted aryl group, substituted heterocyclic ring, and substituted polycyclic groups.
- The groups that are substituted on an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic groups are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, polycyclic group, halo, heteroatom group, oxy, oxo, carbonyl, amide, alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, oxycarbonyl, acyloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy, carboxy, imino, amino, secondary amino, tertiary amino, hydrazi, hydrazino, hydrazono, hydroxyimino, azido, azoxy, alkazoxy, cyano, isocyano, cyanato, isocyanato, thiocyanato, fulminato, isothiocyanato, isoselenocyanato, selenocyanato, carboxyamido, acylimino, nitroso, aminooxy, carboximidoyl, hydrazonoyl, oxime, acylhydrazino, amidino, sulfide, thiol, sulfoxide, thiosulfoxide, sulfone, thiosulfone, sulfate, thiosulfate, hydroxyl, formyl, hydroxyperoxy, hydroperoxy, peroxy acid, carbamoyl, trimethyl silyl, nitrilo, nitro, aci-nitro, nitroso, semicarbazono, oxamoyl, pentazolyl, seleno, thiooxi, sulfamoyl, sulfenamoyl, sulfeno, sulfinamoyl, sulfino, sulfinyl, sulfo, sulfoamino, sulfonato, sulfonyl, sulfonyldioxy, hydrothiol, tetrazolyl, thiocarbamoyl, thiocarbazono, thiocarbodiazono, thiocarbonohydrazido, thiocarbonyl, thiocarboxy, thiocyanato, thioformyl, thioacyl, thiosemicarbazido, thiosulfino, thiosulfo, thioureido, thioxo, triazano, triazeno, triazinyl, trithio, trithiosulfo, sulfinimidic acid, sulfonimidic acid, sulfinohydrazonic acid, sulfonohydrazonic acid, sulfinohydroximic acid, sulfonohydroximic acid, and phosphoric acid ester, and combinations thereof.
- As an example of a substitution, replacement of one hydrogen or ethane by a hydroxyl provides ethanol, and replacement of two hydrogens by an oxo on the middle carbon of propane provides acetone (dimethyl ketone.) As a further example, replacement the middle carbon (the methenyl group) of propane by the oxy radical (—O—) provides dimethyl ether (CH3—O—CH3.) As a father example, replacement of one hydrogen on a benzene by a phenyl group provides biphenyl. As provided above, heteroatom groups can be substituted inside an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkylnyl group for a methylene group (:CH2) thus forming a linear or branched substituted structure rather than a ring or can be substituted for a methylene inside of a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, or cycloalkynyl ring thus forming a heterocyclic ring. As a further example, nitrilo (—N═) can be substituted on benzene for one of the carbons and associated hydrogen to provide pyridine, or and oxy radical can be substituted to provide pyran.
- The term “unsubstituted” means that no hydrogen or carbon has been replaced on an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, or aryl group.
- The term “linker” means a molecule having one end attached or capable of attaching to a solid surface and the other end having a reactive group that is attached or capable of attaching to a chemical species of interest such as a small molecule, an oligomer, or a polymer. A linker may already be bound to a solid surface and/or may already have a chemical species of interest bound to its reactive group. A linker may have a protective group attached to its reactive group, where the protective group is chemically or electrochemically removable. A linker may comprise more than one molecule, where the molecules are covalently joined in situ to form the linker having the desired reactive group projecting away from a solid surface.
- The term “spacer” means a molecule having one end attached or capable of attaching to the reactive group of a linker and the other end having a reactive group that is attached or capable of attaching to a chemical species of interest such as a small molecule, an oligomer, or a polymer. A spacer may already be bound to a linker and/or may already have a chemical species of interest bound to its reactive group. A spacer may have a protective group attached to its reactive group, where the protective group is chemically or electrochemically removable. A spacer may be formed in situ on a linker. A spacer may be formed and then attached to a linker already attached to a solid surface. A spacer may be externally synthesized on a chemical species of interest followed by attachment to a linker already attached to a solid surface. A chemical species of interest may be attached to a spacer that is attached to a linker, where the entire structure is then attached to a solid surface at a reactive sight on the solid surface. The purpose of a spacer is to extend the distance between a molecule of interest and a solid surface.
- The term “combination linker and spacer” means a linker having both the properties of a linker and a spacer. A combination linker and spacer may be synthesized in situ or synthesized externally and attached to a solid surface.
- The term “coating” means a thin layer of material that is chemically and/or physically bound to a solid surface. A coating may be attached to a solid surface by mechanical interlocking as well as by van der Waals forces (dispersion forces and dipole forces), electron donor-acceptor interactions, metallic coordination/complexation, covalent bonding, or a combination of the aforementioned. A coating can provide a reactive group for direct attachment of a chemical species of interest, attachment of a linker, or attachment of a combination linker and spacer. A coating can be polymerized and/or cross-linked in situ.
- The term “reactive” or “reaction” as used in reactive or reaction coating or reactive or reaction layer means that there is a chemical species or bound group within the layer that is capable of forming a covalent bond for attachment of a linker, spacer, or other chemical species to the layer or coating.
- The term “porous” as used in porous reactive layer or coating means that there are non-uniformities within the layer or coating to allow molecular species to diffuse into and through the layer or coating.
- The term “adsorption” or “adsorbed” means a chemical attachment by van der Waals forces (dispersion forces and dipole forces), electron donor-acceptor interactions, or metallic coordination/complexation, or a combination of the aforementioned forces. After adsorption, a species may covalently bind to a surface, depending on the surface, the species, and the environmental conditions.
- The term “microarray” refers to, in general, planer surface having specific spots that are usually arranged in a column and row format, wherein each spot can be used for some type of chemical or biochemical analysis, synthesis, or method. The spots on a microarray are typically smaller than 100 micrometers. The term “electrode microarray” refers to a microarray of electrodes, wherein the electrodes are the specific spots on the microarray.
- The term “synthesis quality” refers to, in general, the average degree of similarity between a desired or designed chemical or biochemical species and the species actually synthesized. The term can refer to other issues in a synthesis such as the effect of a layer or coating on the synthesis quality achieved.
- The term “solvation” means a chemical process in which solvent molecules and molecules or ions of a solute combine to form a compound, wherein the compound is generally a loosely bound complex held together by van der Waals forces (dispersion forces and dipole forces), acid-base interactions (electron donor acceptor interactions), ionic interaction, or metal complex interactions but not covalent bonds. In water, the pH of the water can affect solvation of dissociable species such as acids and bases. In addition, the concentration of salts as well as the charge on salts can affect solvation.
- The term “agarose” means any commercially available agarose. Agarose is a polysaccharide biopolymer and is usually obtained from seaweed. Agarose has a relatively large number of hydroxyl groups, which provide for high water solubility. Agarose is available commercially in a wide ranger of molecular weights and properties.
- The term “controlled pore glass” means any commercially available controlled pore glass material suitable for coating purposes. In general, controlled pore glass (CPG) is an inorganic glass material having a high surface area owing to a large amount of void space.
- The term “monosaccharide” means one sugar molecule unlinked to any other sugars. Examples of monosaccharides include allose, altrose, arabinose, deoxyribose, erythrose, fructose (D-Levulose), galactose, glucose, gulose, idose, lyxose, mannose, psicose, ribose, ribulose, sedoheptulose, D-sorbitol, sorbose, sylulose, L-rhamnose (6-Deoxy-L-mannose), tagatose, talose, threose, xylulose, and xylose.
- The term “disaccharide” means two sugars linked together to form one molecule. Examples of disaccharides include amylose, cellobiose (4-β-D-glucopyranosyl-D-glucopyranose), lactose, maltose (4-O-α-D-glucopyranosyl-D-glucose), melibiose (6-O-α-D-Galactopyranosyl-D-glucose), palatinose (6-O-α-D-Glucopyranosyl-D-fructose), sucrose, and trehalose (α-D-Glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside).
- The term “trisaccharide” means three sugars linked together to form one molecule. Examples of a trisaccharides include raffinose (6-O-α-D-Galactopyranosyl-D-glucopyranosyl-β-D-fructofuranoside) and melezitose (O-α-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)-β-D-fructofuranosyl-a-D-glucopyranoside).
- The term “polysaccharide” means more than three sugars linked together to form one molecule, but more accurately means a sugar-based polymer or oligomer. Examples of polysaccharides include inulin, dextran (polymer composed of glucose subunits), starches, and cellulose.
- In an embodiment of the present invention, an electrode microarray having an adsorbed porous reaction layer for improved synthesis quality is provided. The microarray has a plurality of electrodes attached to a substrate, wherein the electrodes are electronically connected to a computer control system that allows selection of any electrode individually or more than one electrode as group of electrodes.
FIGS. 1A and 1B are schematics of a cross section of two 108, 110 of such aelectrodes microarray 106 having a plurality of electrodes. In one embodiment of the present invention, an adsorbedlayer 104A shown inFIG. 1A covers the electrodes and the substrate that the electrodes are attached thereto. The adsorbedlayer 104A has hydroxylreactive groups 102. Thereactive groups 102 can be groups other than hydroxyl including but not limited to amine, carboxylic acid, aldehyde, thiol, alkene, alkyne, nitrile, azido, or phosphorous-based compound. In another embodiment shown inFIG. 1B , the adsorbedlayer 104B can be substantially on the electrodes but substantially not on thesubstrate 106. In either embodiment, the adsorbed layer can be chemically blocked and selectively electrochemically deblocked to control the locations of chemical reactions to specific electrodes while preventing chemical reactions on non-selected electrodes and on non-electrode areas. - The adsorbed porous reaction layer on the plurality of electrodes comprises a chemical species having at least one hydroxyl group, wherein the chemical species is selected from the group consisting of monosaccharides, disaccharides, trisaccharides, polyethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol derivative, N-hydroxysuccinimide, formula I, formula II, formula III, formula IV, formula V, formula VI, and formula VII, and combinations thereof, wherein formula I is
- formula II is
- formula III is HOR4(OR5)mR7, formula IV is
- formula V is
- formula VI is
- and formula VII is
- wherein m is an integer from 1 to 4.
- R1, R2, R7, and R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group, and halo, amide, alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, oxycarbonyl, acyloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy, carboxy, amino, secondary amino, tertiary amino, hydrazino, azido, alkazoxy, cyano, isocyano, cyanato, isocyanato, thiocyanato, fulminato, isothiocyanato, isoselenocyanato, selenocyanato, carboxyamido, acylimino, nitroso, aminooxy, carboximidoyl, hydrazonoyl, oxime, acylhydrazino, amidino, sulfide, sulfoxide, thiosulfoxide, sulfone, thiosulfone, sulfate, thiosulfate, hydroxyl, formyl, hydroxyperoxy, hydroperoxy, peroxy acid, carbamoyl, trimethyl silyl, nitro, nitroso, oxamoyl, pentazolyl, sulfamoyl, sulfenamoyl, sulfeno, sulfinamoyl, sulfino, sulfo, sulfoamino, hydrothiol, tetrazolyl, thiocarbamoyl, thiocarbazono, thiocarbodiazono, thiocarbonohydrazido, thiocarboxy, thioformyl, thioacyl, thiocyanato, thiosemicarbazido, thiosulfino, thiosulfo, thioureido, triazano, triazeno, triazinyl, trithiosulfo, sulfinimidic acid, sulfonimidic acid, sulfinohydrazonic acid, sulfonohydrazonic acid, sulfinohydroximic acid, sulfonohydroximic acid, and phosphoric acid ester;
- R3 is preferably selected from the group consisting of heteroatom group, carbonyl, and substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group
- R4 and R5 are preferably independently selected from the group consisting of methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, and hexylene.
- R6 forms a ring structure with two carbons of succinimide and is selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heterocyclic ring, and polycyclic group. R7 is selected from the group consisting of amino and hydroxyl.
- Preferably, the monosaccharide is selected from the group consisting of allose, altrose, arabinose, deoxyribose, erythrose, fructose (D-Levulose), galactose, glucose, gulose, idose, lyxose, mannose, psicose, L-rhamnose (6-Deoxy-L-mannose), ribose, ribulose, sedoheptulose, D-sorbitol, sorbose, sylulose, tagatose, talose, threose, xylulose, and xylose. Preferably, the disaccharide is selected from the group consisting of amylose, cellobiose (4-β-D-glucopyranosyl-D-glucopyranose), lactose, maltose (4-O-α-D-glucopyranosyl-D-glucose), melibiose (6-O-α-D-Galactopyranosyl-D-glucose), palatinose (6-O-α-D-Glucopyranosyl-D-fructose), sucrose, and trehalose (α-D-Glucopyranosyl-a-D-glucopyranoside). Preferably the triaccharide is selected from the group consisting of raffinose (6-O-α-D-Galactopyranosyl-D-glucopyranosyl-β-D-fructofuranoside) and melezitose (O-α-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)-β-D-fructofuranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside).
- Preferably the polyethylene glycol has a molecular weight between approximately 1,000 and approximately 20,000, more preferably between approximately 5000 and approximately 15,000, and most preferably between approximately 7,000 and approximately 10,000.
- Preferably, the polyethylene glycol derivative is selected from the group consisting of diethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol having primary amino groups, 2-(2-aminoethoxy) ethanol, ethanol amine, di(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, di(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, tri(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, tri(ethylene glycol) mono benzyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono trityl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono chloro mono methyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, tri(ethylene glycol) mono allyl mono methyl ether, tetra(ethlyne glycol) mono allyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono benzyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono trityl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono 1-hexenyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mnon 1-heptenyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono 1-octenyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono 1-decenyl ether, tetra(ethylene glycol) mono 1-undecenyl ether, penta(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, penta(ethylene glycol) mono allyl mono methyl ether, penta(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono methyl ether, penta(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono benzyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono trityl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 1-hexenyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 1-heptenyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 1-octenyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 1-decenyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 1-undecenyl ether, hexa(ethylene glycol) mono 4-benzophenonyl mono 1-undecenyl ether, hepta(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, hepta(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, hepta(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono methyl ether, hepta(ethylene glycol) monoallyl mono methyl ether, octa(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, octa(ethylene glycol) mono tosylate, octa(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono allyl ether, undeca(ethylene glycol) mono methyl ether, undeca(ethylene glycol) mono allyl mono methyl ether, undeca(ethylene glycol) mono tosyl mono methyl ether, undeca(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, octadeca(ethylene glycol) mono allyl ether, octa(ethylene glycol), deca(ethylene glycol), dodeca(ethylene glycol), tetradeca(ethylene glycol), hexadeca(ethylene glycol), octadeca(ethylene glycol), benzophenone-4-hexa(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, benzophenone-4-hexa(ethylene glycol) hexenyl ether, benzophenone-4-hexa(ethylene glycol) octenyl ether, benzophenone-4-hexa(ethylene glycol) decenyl ether, benzophenone-4-hexa(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether, 4-fluorobenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, 4-fluorobenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether, 4-hydroxybenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, 4-hydroxybenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether, 4-hydroxybenzophenone-4′-tetra(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, 4-hydroxybenzophenone-4′-tetra(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether, 4-morpholinobenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, 4-morpholinobenzophenone-4′-hexa(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether, 4-morpholinobenzophenone-4′-tetra(ethylene glycol) allyl ether, and 4-morpholinobenzophenone-4′-tetra(ethylene glycol) undecenyl ether.
- More preferably, the adsorbed porous reaction layer chemical species having at least one hydroxyl group is selected from the group consisting of sucrose, palatinose, fructose, glucose, lactose, DEG, TEG, and PEG having a molecular weight of approximately 8,000. Most preferably, the adsorbed porous reaction layer chemical species having at least one hydroxyl group is sucrose.
- In an embodiment of the present invention, a method is provided for cleaning the electrode microarray prior to adsorption of the porous reaction layer onto the microarray. In one preferred embodiment for cleaning the microarray, the microarray is cleaned using a plasma cleaning method and then cleaned using an electrochemical cleaning method. In another preferred embodiment for cleaning the microarray, the microarray is cleaned using a plasma cleaning method and then cleaned using a hydrogen peroxide cleaning method.
- In one embodiment of the present invention, the plurality of electrodes on the electrode microarray is selected from the group consisting of platinum, gold, semiconductor, indium tin oxide, and carbon, and combinations thereof. Platinum is the preferred embodiment. In one embodiment, the plasma cleaning method comprises exposing the electrode microarray to an inert gas to physically clean (sputter etch) the surface of the electrode array. The inert gas is preferably Argon, and preferably, the sputter etch process is performed for approximately two to six minutes, wherein the plasma power is 200 W, the self bias voltage is 600-650V, the plasma pressure is 8 mTorr, and a 200 mm diameter electrode is used in a parallel plate plasma chamber. In another embodiment, the plasma cleaning method comprises exposing the electrode microarray to a chemically reactive gas to clean the surface of the electrode array through a chemical reactive process. The reactive gas is preferably oxygen, sulfur hexafluoride, trimfluoromethane, carbon tetrafluoride or other chemically reactive gas species.
- In a preferred embodiment the plasma process is performed in an Oxford Instruments Plasmalab 800 Plus RIE system having an electrode diameter of 460 mm, wherein the plasma cleaning method comprises a three-step plasma treatment. In step one, the microarray is etched using argon plasma for approximately three minutes using a RF plasma power of approximately 600 watts, a set pressure of approximately eight millitorr and an Ar gas flow of approximately 30 sccm. In step two, the microarray is etched using oxygen plasma for approximately six minutes using an RF plasma power of approximately 500 watts, a set pressure of approximately 50 millitorr and an oxygen gas flow of approximately 50 sccm. For the final step, the microarray is etched using argon plasma for approximately ten minutes using an RF plasma power of approximately 600 watts, a set pressure of approximately eight millitorr and an Ar gas flow of approximately 30 sccm. Without being bound by the degree of etching, the amount of material removed by etching is estimated to be approximately equivalent to between 300 to 400 ångstrom of a plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposited (PECVD) silicon nitride film.
- Preferably, the plasma cleaning method comprises exposing the electrode microarray to a sulfur hexafluoride plasma for approximately 30 to 60 minutes, where the plasma power is 300 watts, the plasma pressure is approximately 250 to 350 mTorr, and the gas flow is 124 cubic centimeters per minute in an isoptropic plasma chamber. Preferably, the plasma cleaning method comprises etching the electrode microarray in a commercial Reactive Ion Etch Plasma system (such as Oxford Plasmalab 800Plus RIE system with a 460 mm diameter electrode) using (1) an argon plasma for approximately 2 to 4 minutes and a RF plasma power of approximately 600 watts, where the pressure is approximately eight millitorr and the Ar gas flow is approximately 30 sccm; (2) an oxygen plasma for approximately 5 to 7 minutes using a power of approximately 500 watts, where the pressure is approximately 50 millitorr and the oxygen gas flow of approximately 50 sccm; or (3) an argon plasma for approximately 8 to 12 minutes using a power of approximately 600 watts, where the pressure is approximately eight millitorr and the Ar gas flow is approximately 30 sccm.
- In a preferred embodiment, the electrochemical cleaning method comprises placing the electrode microarray into a solution of sulfuric acid and then pulsing columns of electrodes having an alternating pattern of pulsed/active electrodes and ground electrodes. After the first pulse, the active electrodes become the ground electrodes and the ground electrodes become the active electrodes. For each subsequent pulse, the electrode columns alternate between being the active column and being the ground column. The electrode columns alternate between active and ground for the duration of the cleaning time. The concentration of sulfuric acid is between approximately 0.01 and 5 molar, more preferably between approximately 0.1 and 1.5 molar, and most preferably between approximately 0.4 and 0.6 molar. The duration of the cleaning time is between approximately 1 and 60 minutes, more preferably between approximately 5 and 15 minutes, and most preferably between approximately 8 and 12 minutes. The pulse time (active electrode column time) is between approximately 0.01 and 60 seconds, more preferably between approximately 0.05 and 0.5 seconds, and most preferably between approximately 0.08-0.12 seconds. The cleaning is done preferably between approximately 0° C. and 50° C. and most preferably between approximately room temperature and 30° C. After exposure to the sulfuric acid and electrical pulsing, the microarray is washed using distilled water. In one preferred embodiment, the concentration of sulfuric acid is 0.5 molar, the cleaning time is 10 minutes, the pulse time is 0.1 seconds, and the temperature is room temperature.
- In a preferred embodiment, the hydrogen peroxide cleaning method comprises placing the electrode microarray into a solution containing hydrogen peroxide. The concentration of hydrogen peroxide is between approximately 0.5 and 10 percent hydrogen peroxide, more preferably between approximately 1 and 5 percent hydrogen peroxide, and most preferably between approximately 2 and 4 percent hydrogen peroxide. The temperature of the solution is preferably between approximately room temperature and 95° C., more preferably between approximately 35° C. and 80° C., and most preferably between approximately 60° C. and 70° C. The time of treatment is preferably between approximately 1 minute and 24 hours, more preferably between approximately 30 minutes and 12 hours, and most preferably between approximately 45 minutes and 2 hours. In the most preferred embodiment, the concentration of hydrogen peroxide is 3 percent; the treatment time is one hour; and the temperature of the solution is 65° C. Afterward exposure to the hydrogen peroxide solution, the microarray is rinsed using distilled water.
- In one embodiment of the present invention, an adsorption method is provided for the attachment of the adsorbed porous reaction layer chemical species to a clean electrode microarray. The electrode microarray is placed into a solution containing a chemical species that forms the reaction layer. Without being bound by theory, the chemical species has a natural affinity for the clean microarray thus adsorbs onto the surface thereof. The treatment time is between approximately 1 minute and 1 month, more preferably between approximately 30 minutes to 1 week, and most preferably between approximately 1 hour and 24 hours. The solvent used for making the solution is preferably water. Other solvents are suitable, including alcohols, acetonitrile, dimethyl formamide and methylene chloride as well as other common laboratory solvents or the uncommon equivalent of such solvents. Other unusual solvents may be suitable. Any solvent that dissolves the chemical species is suitable. The concentration of the chemical species in solution is between approximately 0.001 and 5 molar, more preferably between approximately 0.1 and 2 molar, and most preferably between approximately 0.2 and 0.5 molar. The temperature of the solution during treatment is preferably between approximately 0 and 90° C. In one preferred embodiment, the solution is an aqueous solution of 0.25 molar sucrose; the treatment time is one hour; and the temperature is room temperature. In another preferred embodiment, the solution is an aqueous solution of 0.25 molar sucrose; the treatment time is 48 hours; and the temperature is 37° C. After treatment, the microarray is rinsed using the solvent used for the treatment solution. After rinsing, the microarray is allowed to air dry.
- In another embodiment of the present invention, an electrode microarray having an adsorbed porous reaction layer having a combination linker and spacer (linker/spacer) attached thereto for improved synthesis quality is provided. The microarray has a plurality of electrodes attached to a substrate, wherein the electrodes are electronically connected to a computer control system that allows selection of any electrode individually or more than one electrode as group of electrodes. In one embodiment, the linker/spacer is synthesized in situ on the adsorbed porous reaction layer. In a preferred embodiment, the linker/spacer is synthesized in situ on an adsorbed porous reaction layer comprising sucrose.
- Embodiments of the present invention are provided in
FIGS. 2A and 2B , which are schematics of a cross section of two 208, 210 of anelectrodes electrode microarray 206 having a plurality of electrodes. In one embodiment, shown inFIG. 2A , themicroarray 206 has an adsorbedporous reaction layer 204A having reacted hydroxyl groups 202 (shown after reaction as an ether linkage) attached to the entire surface of themicroarray 206. A blocking group (P) 212 is shown attached to thereaction layer 204A at non-electrode locations. Theblocking group 212 prevents synthesis at non-electrode locations. In another embodiment, shown inFIG. 2B , the microarray 205 has an adsorbedporous reaction layer 204B having reacted hydroxyl groups 202 (shown after reaction as an ether linkage), wherein the reaction layer is substantially attached only to 208, 210. In both embodiments, theelectrodes 208, 210 have a linker/electrodes spacer 214 attached thereto to the 204A, 204B. The linker/reaction layer spacer 214 is attached through anether linkage 202. The linker/spacer has a terminalreactive group 216 for in situ synthesis. - In one embodiment of the present invention, the linker/spacer is an oligomer synthesized in situ and having a substantial charge in aqueous solution. In a preferred embodiment, the linker/spacer is a sequence of DNA synthesized in situ.
FIG. 3 shows a cross section of two 308, 310 of anelectrodes electrode microarray 306 having a plurality of electrodes. An adsorbedporous reaction layer 304 is shown attached to themicroarray 306.Electrode 310 shows a DNA linker/spacer 316 having anegative charge 318 in anaqueous solution 320 having cations, wherein the linker/spacer is attached to an adsorbedporous reaction layer 304 through anether linkage 302 and has a linkedgroup 312 attached at the end of the linker/spacer 316 protruding into theaqueous solution 320. In a preferred embodiment, the linker/spacer comprises a 15-unit deoxythymidylate DNA chain synthesized in situ.Electrode 308 shows a non-ionic linker/spacer 314 attached thereto via anether linkage 302 and having a linkedgroup 312 terminally attached. - Without being bound by theory, the non-ionic linker/
spacer 314 likely allows the linkedgroup 312 to approach themicroarray 306 because the non-ionic linker/spacer 314 is less well solvated owing to the lack of ionic charge. Without being bound by theory, the charge on the linker/spacer 316 likely improves solvation inaqueous media 320 by preventing the linker/spacer 316 from folding on itself because of charge repulsion. Charge repulsion prevents the linker/spacer 316 from interacting with other adjacent charged linker/spacers on the same electrode. Additionally, solvation structures are likely formed in the aqueous media thus minimizing side chain contact of the charged linker/spacer with the solid surface. Without being bound by theory, a well solvated linker/spacer is expected to allow a subsequent group placed in a solution to have better access to the reactive group on the end of the linker/spacer while at the same time preventing quenching of fluorescence from a fluorescently labeled marker attached to a subsequent group or a chain of subsequent groups. - The following examples are provided merely to explain, illustrate, and clarify the present invention and not to limit the scope or application of the present invention. One of skill in the art would readily recognize similar embodiments and applications of the present invention that fall within the scope of the present invention.
- This example illustrates microarrays of nucleotides prepared using selected adsorbed porous reaction layers on the different microarrays. Each microarray was cleaned using the plasma cleaning method and the electrochemical cleaning method or using the plasma cleaning method and the hydrogen peroxide cleaning method, each as disclosed herein. After cleaning, each microarray was exposed to a solution containing a chemical for forming an adsorbed porous reaction layer as disclosed herein. The chemicals used for the experiments included agarose, sucrose, diethylene glycol, ethylene glycol, N-hydroxysuccinimide, triethylene glycol, raffinose, melizitose, Splenda®, inulin, polyethylene glycol having a molecular weight of 8000, salicin, ribose, and melibiose.
- After each microarray was prepared, after cleaning with a porous reaction layer, different nucleotides of either 15 mer, shown in
FIGS. 11 though 19, 25, and 26, or 35 mer, shown inFIGS. 5 through 10 , were synthesized in situ on each microarray using an electrochemical synthesis method. After synthesis, the 35 mer nucleotide microarrays were hybridized to a complex background having a spiked-in control transcript. The complex background sample was prepared from fluorescently labeled placental DNA. The spiked-in control was a labeled phage lambda nucleic acid. Various amounts of spiked-in control transcripts were combined with the complex background. The 15 mer microarrays were hybridized to labeled 15 mer DNA oligonucleotides. The 15 mer oligonucleotides were prepared from phage lambda nucleic acid. After hybridization to the spiked control transcripts in the complex background or the 15 mer labeled oligonucleotide, each microarray was imaged to view the amount of fluorescence and the quality of the fluorescence on the microelectrodes of the microarrays. Quality was considered “good” when there was a fluorescent circle on an electrode having a relatively uniform amount of fluorescence and having a sharp loss of fluorescence at the edge of the circle. In addition, another quality parameter was where there was minimal fluorescence at locations other than electrodes. - In
FIGS. 27 through 35 , sucrose was blended with other saccharides to form an adsorbed porous reaction layer. The solution having the blend contained 50 mM of sucrose, 100 mM of fructose, and 100 mM of glucose. Oligonucleotides were synthesized with lengths of 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, and 70 mers on different quadrants of the microarray.FIG. 27 shows a section of a microarray having each of the different length of DNA mers.FIGS. 28 through 35 show a larger magnification of each of the quandrants inFIG. 27 . Synthesis quality was assessed by hybridization of a labeled random 9 mer (sequence: NNN NNN NNN, where N=A, G, C, or T). Without being bound by theory, a blend of monosaccharides and disaccharides used to form the adsorbed porous reaction layer is hypothesized to decrease the amount of DNA that is synthesized at each electrode. Furthermore, without being bound by theory, as the length of the oligo is increased, thus increasing the quantity of DNA made per spot, the DNA may be susceptible to sheer forces and may be coming off the electrode when sucrose is used by itself. Glucose and fructose provided lower density of DNA synthesis at each electrode. Thus, blending sucrose with glucose and fructose is thought to reduce the amount of DNA per electrode. Using a blend as provided in the present invention, the amount, as well as the spacing, between the DNA synthesized at each electrode is better controlled. -
FIGS. 4 through 19 , 25, 26, and 27 are magnified photographs of a top view of a portion of each microarray having a different adsorbed porous reaction layer. InFIG. 4 , the reaction layer was agarose.Electrode 402 shows non-uniform fluorescence that indicated the synthesis was of low quality. The low quality may have been a result of a separation of the agarose away from the electrode. The synthesis was performed in a checkerboard pattern of on and off electrodes whereelectrode 404 was an electrode that was off. This result indicated that agarose is not that suitable for use as a reaction layer. - In
FIG. 5 , the reaction layer was sucrose.Electrode 502 shows good uniformity across the electrodes of the fluorescence, which indicated a high quality synthesis and a stable reaction layer. Atelectrode 504, there is some amount of spotting; however, on the whole, sucrose worked well as a reaction layer. -
FIG. 6 shows the results of a sensitivity study on a sucrose reaction layer. Hybridization was done with and without transcript spike. Controls were done to ensure that the microarray was performing the synthesis as designed. Comparing the results of spiked to non-spiked samples, the microarray showed a sensitivity of approximately one picomolar when sucrose is used as the porous reaction layer. - In
FIG. 7 , the reaction layer is diethylene glycol. 704, 706, 708 show uniformity problems and loss of sharpness at the edge of the electrodes. Moreover, there were considerableElectrodes random spotting 702. InFIG. 8 , the reaction layer is ethylene glycol. 802 and 804 showed some indication of synthesis; however, the overall quality was very low owing to the lack of synthesis and considerable amount of random spotting. InElectrodes FIG. 9 , the reaction layer is N-hydroxysuccinamide.Electrode 904 showed acceptable uniformity and sharpness at the edge of the electrode. However,electrodes 902 and 906 showed some random spotting. InFIG. 10 , the reaction layer is triethylene glycol.Electrode 1002 showed good quality.Electrode 1004 showed some spotting.Electrode 1006 showed some halo effect where the middle part of the electrode showed a loss of fluorescence, which may indicate a loss of reaction layer. - In
FIG. 11 , the reaction layer is raffinose. Although synthesis occurred, 1102, 1104, and 1106 showed a fair amount of non-uniformity and random spotting. Inelectrodes FIG. 12 , the reaction layer is melizitose. There was little, if any, indication of synthesis atelectrode 1202. There was some random spotting. InFIG. 13 , the reaction layer is Splenda®, a modified sucrose. Uniformity was fairly good as shown at 1302 and 1304.electrodes Electrode 1306 showed some non-uniformity and random spotting. InFIG. 14 , the reaction layer is inulin, a fructose oligomer. 1402 and 1404 indicated spotting synthesis. There was considerable random spotting as indicated byElectrodes feature 1406. - In
FIG. 15 , the reaction layer is palatinose. 1502 and 1504 showed good uniformity and edge sharpness.Electrodes Feature 1506 showed that there is some random spotting. InFIG. 16 , the reaction layer is polyethylene glycol having a molecular weight of approximately 8000 daltons. 1602 and 1604 showed very good uniformity and edge sharpness. Additionally, there was minimal random spotting. InElectrodes FIG. 17 , the reaction layer is salicin. 1702 and 1704 showed very spotty and non-uniform synthesis. InElectrodes FIG. 18 , the reaction layer is ribose. 1802 and 1804 showed minimal spotty synthesis. There was some random spotting. InElectrodes FIG. 19 , the reaction layer is melibiose. 1902 and 1904 showed non-uniform synthesis.Electrodes - In
FIG. 25 , the reaction layer is 1-(3-hydroxylpropyl) pyrrole. The electrodes showed a fairly uniform synthesis, indicating 1-(3-hydroxylpropyl) pyrrole as a good candidate for uses as an adsorbed porous reaction layer. InFIG. 26 , the reaction layer is 1-hexylpyrrole. The electrodes showed a fairly uniform synthesis, indicating 1-hexylpyrrole as a good candidate for uses as an adsorbed porous reaction layer.FIG. 27 is a photograph of a magnified portion of a top view of a microarray having a combination reaction layer, wherein the combination comprises sucrose, fructose, and glucose. The lighter spots are fluorescence of fluorescently labeled nucleotides that were hybridized with the array after in situ synthesis of DNA oligos. The oligomers had a length of 35 to 70 mers.FIGS. 28 through 35 show each quandrant ofFIG. 27 . - This example illustrates a peptide array with and without a combination linker and spacer that was synthesized on an electrode microarray of platinum electrodes having an absorbed porous reaction layer comprising sucrose. The combination linker and spacer was a 16 T unit synthesized in situ. After synthesis of the combination linker and spacer, the peptide array was synthesized in situ thereon. Fluorescent reagent was used to image the peptides, but the only image that could be seen was on the electrodes having the combination linker and spacer.
- The electrode microarray used was a commercial microarray made by CombiMatrix Corporation (CUSTOMARRAY) (Dill et al., Anal. Chim. Acta 2001, 444:69, and Montgomery I, II, and III). The microarray consisted of a semiconductor silicon chip with an array of 1024 individually serially addressable 92-micrometer diameter platinum electrodes in a 16×64 pattern. Prior to using the microarray, the electrodes were coated with sucrose to allow covalent bonding of chemical species to the electrode via the adsorbed sucrose. The sucrose was adsorbed by exposing the platinum electrodes to a solution of sucrose in water followed by a water rinse to remove excess sucrose. The electrodes were set to a specified voltage via connection to a personal computer having appropriate control software. The software allowed control of each electrode on the microarray for electrochemical deblocking in the sequential synthesis of small molecules, oligomers, and polymers, including oligos and peptides.
- On four electrodes (
FIG. 22 ), a 15-unit deoxythymidylate strand was synthesized using standard phosphoramidite chemistry. For the electrochemical deblocking steps, 1.8 volts was applied for 60 seconds using an acetonitrile/methanol deblocking solution. Following the deblocking of the 15th deoxythymidylate, a deoxythymidylate having a 5′ aminoethoxyethyl modifier was attached to electrodes having the 15 deoxythymidylate units and attached to electrodes not having the 15 deoxythymidylate units (FIG. 22 ). A modified deoxythymidylate can be obtained from Glen Research, Inc. The microarray was then fully deprotected using standard chemical deblocking instead of electrochemical deblocking. - Chemical deblocking was accomplished by exposing the microarray to a one to one solution of ethylene diamine and ethanol for one hour at 65° C. and then exposing to Deblock T® (Burdick and Jackson) for 30 minutes at room temperature. Leucine (L) was coupled to eight electrodes. The microarray was exposed to a solution containing t-BOC protected L (120 milligrams, 0.52 millimoles), O-benzotriazol-1-yl-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (190 milligrams, 0.50 millimoles)(HBTU), N-hydroxybenztriazole (67 milligrams, 0.50 millimoles)(HOBT), and diisopropylethylamine (261 microliter, 1.50 millimoles)(DIPEA) dissolved into one milliliter of N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF).
- Following coupling of the leucine, the microarray was washed successively with DMF (one milliliter) and then methylene chloride (one milliliter). Following washing, the leucine-coupling step was repeated to ensure complete coverage of the electrodes with the t-BOC protected leucine. Following the second L couple step, the microarray was washed successively with DMF (one milliliter), methylene chloride (one milliliter), and then with ethanol to remove any residual DMF or methylene chloride. The microarray was then allowed to air dry.
- Following drying, the microarray was covered with a solution of 1,2-diphenylhydrazine (200 milligrams, 1.1 millimoles) and tetrabutylammonium hexafluorophosphate (400 milligrams, 1.0 millimoles) dissolved in methylene chloride (10 milliliters). Using a computer control system, the eight selected electrodes were powered to make such electrodes the active electrodes to deblock the L on only the active electrodes. Deblocking removed the t-BOC protecting group from the L on the active electrodes. The active electrodes were held at 3.0 volts verses a platinum counter electrode for 60 seconds. After deblocking, the deblock solution was removed from the microarray. The microarray was rinsed with ethanol to remove any residual electrochemical deblocking solution and then allowed to air dry.
- The synthesis process was repeated using a step pattern with t-BOC-phenylalanine-OH (F) (
FIG. 22 ). Following this step, electrochemical deblocking was done. The synthesis process iterated through two rounds of boc-glycine-OH (G) followed by Boc-tyrosine (t-butyl)-OH(Y) to construct a peptide having LFGGY as its sequence as viewed by moving away from the solid surface. The peptide sequence is more commonly written as YGGFL. - Once the microarray was constructed, instead of using electrochemical deblocking, the entire microarray was subjected to standard chemical deblocking using 40% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in methylene chloride (30 minutes) followed by 90% aqueous TFA (30 minutes). Following deblocking, the microarray was rinsed with ethanol and then blocked with acylated bovine serum albumin (ABSA) to eliminate background binding of antibody. The solution used for blocking contained two milligrams per milliliter of ABSA in 2×PBS and 0.05
% TWEEN 20™. The blocking reaction was allowed to proceed for 30 minutes. After blocking, the microarray was incubated with primary anti-beta-endorphin antibody. The antibody used was Clone 3-E7 (monoclonal, mouse) and was diluted by 1/1000 using 2×PBS having 0.05% TWEEN 20™ therein. The 2×PBS andTWEEN 20™ were purchased from Chemicon International, Inc. The anti-beta-endorphin antibody will selectively adsorb on the electrodes having the peptide sequence YGGFL synthesized thereon. Following incubation, the microarray was exposed to Cy5™ labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody, which will selectively adsorb onto the anti-beta-endorphin antibody. The Cy5™ labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody was purchased from Integrated DNA Technologies. Finally, the microarray was imaged on an Array Works® Imager to locate the electrodes having Cy5™ labeled donkey anti-mouse. -
FIGS. 20A-20E are schematics of a cross-section of amicroarray 2006 of four 2008, 2009, 2010, 2010 of a microarray of electrodes. A sequence of steps is shown for the synthesis of the combination linker andelectrodes 2016, 2018, 2020A, 2020B on twospacer 2010, 2011 followed byelectrodes peptide synthesis 2024 and 2030, 2032, 2034.labeling FIG. 20A is a schematic of theelectrode microarray 2006 before synthesis. Acoating 2004 is shown covering the microarray. Thecoating 2004 only covered the 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011. Theplatinum electrodes coating 2004 is shown having hydroxyl groups as thereactive groups 2002A. Other reactive groups may be used. For this experiment, thecoating 2004 was an adsorbed layer of sucrose; therefore, the reactive groups were hydroxyl groups.Step 2012 was a sequence of steps for the attachment of the combination linker and spacer to two 2010, 2011 inelectrodes FIG. 20B . Two 2008, 2009 are shown without the combination linker and spacer but having the reactive group changed to anelectrodes amine 2020A by attachment of a modified 2014, 2018 according to the above procedure.T Step 2022 was the first step in building thepeptide 2024 by adding L to thereactive amine groups 2020B as shown inFIG. 20C .Step 2026 was multiple steps for building thepeptide chain 2024 as shown inFIG. 20D on all four 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011. Step 2028 is two steps for the adsorption of Clone 3-electrodes E7 antibody 2030 followed by adsorption of the Cy5™ labeled donkey anti-mouse 2032, 2034 according to the above procedure as shown inFIG. 20E . The Cy5™ labeled donkey anti-mouse 2034 on two 2008, 2009 is shown as shaded to indicate that the fluorescence is quenched by the platinum electrodes because the distance between the electrodes and the label is insufficient to prevent quenching. In contrast, Cy5™ labeled donkey anti-mouse 2032 on twoelectrodes 2010, 2011 is shown as not shaded to indicate that the fluorescence is visible because the combination linker and spacer provides sufficient distance between the label and the electrodes to prevent quenching. Although only one synthesis unit is shown per electrode, there were actually many units at each electrode; however, for illustration purposes, only one unit is shown.electrodes -
FIG. 21 is a schematic of two electrodes fromFIG. 20E shown with and without the combination linker and spacer.FIG. 21 shows a cross section of theelectrode microarray 2106 showing two 2108, 2110 and having aelectrodes coating 2104 havingreactive hydroxyl groups 2102. Thecoating 2104 is sucrose and was present only on the platinum electrodes.FIG. 21 shows the effect of the combination linker andspacer 2116 on the distance between the Cy5 labeled donkey 2132, 2134 and theanti-mouse antibody 2108, 2110 and the accompanying effect on preventing quenching. The fluorescence from theplatinum electrodes label 2134 onelectrode 2108 was quenched whereas the fluorescence from thelabel 2132 onelectrode 2110 was not quenched due to the further distance between theelectrode 2110 and thelabel 2132. Additionally, the 2114, 2116 are shown have aT units negative charge 2136, which improveed solvation inaqueous media 2140 havingions 2138. The negative counter ions are not shown. The ions shown are merely representative of any type of ion that may have been present in solution. The hydronium ion is shown to represent acidic species as a result of the dissociation of the phosphate OH groups on the T units. -
FIG. 22 is a magnified photograph of the eight electrodes used in this example. The fourelectrodes 2202 did not have the combination linker and spacer and hence did not show any visible fluorescence from the Cy5 labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody because of platinum quenching. The fourelectrodes 2204 did have the combination linker and spacer and hence did show the fluorescence from the Cy5 labeled donkey anti-mouse antibody. - An electrode microarray was prepared according to the procedures in Example 1 but with a series of linker/spacers of different lengths from 0 to 15 T units. In addition, after the first amino acid, leucine, was attached, no subsequent amino acids were attached. Instead, biotin was attached to the leucine at the locations having the different lengths of linker/spacers. Following attachment of the biotin, the microarray was covered by a solution of Texas Red labeled streptavidin, which selectively complexes to biotin. Image analysis was done on the microarray to view the electrodes having the Texas Red labeled strepavidin.
-
FIG. 24 is magnified photograph of a top view of a portion of themicroarray 2400 2402, 2404, 2406, 2408, 2410, 2412, and 2414. Moving from left to right, the length of the combination linker and spacer was zero on the first electrode inshowing rows 2402, 2408, and 2412. Moving from right to left, the length of the linker/spacer was zero on the first electrode inrows 2403, 2410, and 2414.rows Row 2406 did not have any synthesis thereon. For 2402, 2408, and 2412, the length of the linker/spacer increased by one T unit moving from left to right. Forrows 2403, 2410, and 2414, the length of the combination linker and spacer increased by one T unit moving from right to left. To allow in situ synthesis, the cells without a T unit had one modified T unit having the amine group according to example 1 androws FIG. 21 ,electrode 2108.FIG. 24 shows that as the length of the combination linker and spacer increases, the fluorescence increases. At approximately 6 to 8 T units, the fluorescence began to increase substantially until reaching the last cell having 15 T units having the strongest fluorescence. Thus, increasing the length of the linker/spacer can eliminate the quenching effect of the platinum electrode. -
FIG. 23 is a schematic of a cross section of two 2308, 2310 of ancells electrode microarray 2306 having a plurality of platinum electrodes serially and individually addressable. Acoating 2304 having hydroxylreactive groups 2302 is shown. Thecoating 2304 was a sucrose layer adsorbed onto the platinum electrodes and was only present on the electrodes.Electrode 2308 is shown with a non-ionic combination linker andspacer 2314, andelectrode 2310 is shown having a combination linker andspacer 2316 in accordance with the present invention. Thenonionic linker 2314 was attached before or after synthesis of the combination linker andspacer 2316 in accordance with the present invention. Thepeptide 2324 was synthesized in situ on 2308 and 2310. The fluorescent labeling procedure of examples 1 and 2 was used to label theelectrodes 2330, 2332, 2334 atpeptides 2308 and 2310.electrodes - The nonionic combination linker and
spacer 2314 was a PEG compound or other nonionic compound. Although PEG is water soluble, it is not as well solvated as the multiple ionic combination linker and spacer 2316 of the present invention becausenegative charges 2318 contributed substantially to solvation. The lack of charge on a PEG (or other nonionic) can allow the PEG to fold upon itself, to approach the electrode surface, or to approach nearby PEG chains on the same electrode with the result that the fluorescence onelectrode 2308 is expected to be less than 2310 due to platinum quenching and due to less access of the labeling species to the peptide. It is expected that synthesis efficiency will be higher using the multiple ionic combination linker and spacer 2316 of the present invention because of better access to the reactive group 420A, 420B on the end of the combination linker andspacer 2316.
Claims (20)
1. An electrode array having an adsorbed porous reaction layer for electrochemical synthesis comprising:
(a) a plurality of electrodes on a substrate, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes has a surface; and
(b) a porous reaction layer formed by a process comprising the adsorption of a chemical species onto the surface of each electrode of the plurality of electrodes such that the adsorbed species provides a support for products of electrochemical synthesis at the electrodes, wherein the chemical species is selected from the group consisting of oligosaccharides from one to three monosaccharide residues and the halogenated forms of these oligosaccharides.
2. The electrode array of claim 1 , wherein the chemical species is a monosaccharide.
3. The electrode array of claim 2 , wherein the monosaccharide is selected from the group consisting of allose, altrose, arabinose, deoxyribose, erythrose, fructose, galactose, glucose, gulose, idose, lyxose, mannose, psicose, L-rharnnose, ribose, ribulose, sedoheptulose, D-sorbitol, sorbose, sylulose, tagatose, talose, threose, xylulose, and xylose.
4. The electrode array of claim 1 , wherein the chemical species is a disaccharide.
5. The electrode array of claim 4 , wherein the disaccharide is selected from the group consisting of amylose, cellobiose, lactose, maltose, melibiose, palatinose, sucrose, and trehalose.
6. The electrode array of claim 1 , wherein the chemical species is a trisaccharide.
7. The electrode array of claim 6 , wherein the trisaccharide is selected from the group consisting of raffinose and melezitose.
8. The electrode array of claim 1 , wherein the chemical species is a halogenated oligosaccharide.
9. The electrode array of claim 8 , wherein the halogenated oligosaccharide is a halogenated disaccharide.
10. The electrode array of claim 9 , wherein the halogenated disaccharide is sucralose.
11. The electrode array of claim 1 , wherein the electrodes' surface is made from a material selected from the group consisting of platinum, gold, semiconductor, indium tin oxide, and carbon and combinations thereof.
12. A process for forming an electrode array having an adsorbed porous reaction layer for electrochemical synthesis comprising:
(a) providing a plurality of electrodes on a substrate, wherein each electrode of the plurality of electrodes has a surface; and
(b) forming a porous reaction layer by a process comprising the adsorption of a chemical species on the surface of each electrode of the plurality of electrodes such that the adsorbed species provides a support for products of electrochemical synthesis at the electrodes, wherein the chemical species is selected from the group consisting of oligosaccharides from one to three monosaccharide residues and the halogenated forms of these oligosaccharides.
13. The process of claim 12 , wherein the chemical species is a monosaccharide.
14. The process of claim 13 , wherein the monosaccharide is selected from the group consisting of allose, altrose, arabinose, deoxyribose, erythrose, fructose, galactose, glucose, gulose, idose, lyxose, mannose, psicose, L-rharnnose, ribose, ribulose, sedoheptulose, D-sorbitol, sorbose, sylulose, tagatose, talose, threose, xylulose, and xylose.
15. The process of claim 12 , wherein the chemical species is a disaccharide.
16. The process of claim 15 , wherein the disaccharide is selected from the group consisting of amylose, cellobiose, lactose, maltose, melibiose, palatinose, sucrose, and trehalose.
17. The process of claim 12 , wherein the chemical species is a trisaccharide.
18. The process of claim 17 , wherein the chemical species is a halogenated oligosaccharide.
19. The process of claim 12 , wherein the halogenated oligosaccharide is a halogenated disaccharide.
20. The process of claim 12 , wherein the halogenated disaccharide is sucralose.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/626,880 US20130020194A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2012-09-25 | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US10/992,252 US20060102471A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2004-11-18 | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer |
| US11/863,097 US20080105541A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2007-09-27 | Electrode Array Device Having An Adsorbed Porous Reaction Layer |
| US13/626,880 US20130020194A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2012-09-25 | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US11/863,097 Continuation US20080105541A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2007-09-27 | Electrode Array Device Having An Adsorbed Porous Reaction Layer |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20130020194A1 true US20130020194A1 (en) | 2013-01-24 |
Family
ID=36385052
Family Applications (6)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US10/992,252 Abandoned US20060102471A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2004-11-18 | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer |
| US11/863,097 Abandoned US20080105541A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2007-09-27 | Electrode Array Device Having An Adsorbed Porous Reaction Layer |
| US13/626,880 Abandoned US20130020194A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2012-09-25 | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer |
| US14/082,971 Expired - Lifetime US9339782B1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2013-11-18 | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer |
| US15/155,046 Expired - Lifetime US10286377B1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2016-05-15 | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer |
| US16/402,130 Active 2027-12-18 US11724243B2 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2019-05-02 | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer |
Family Applications Before (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US10/992,252 Abandoned US20060102471A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2004-11-18 | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer |
| US11/863,097 Abandoned US20080105541A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2007-09-27 | Electrode Array Device Having An Adsorbed Porous Reaction Layer |
Family Applications After (3)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US14/082,971 Expired - Lifetime US9339782B1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2013-11-18 | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer |
| US15/155,046 Expired - Lifetime US10286377B1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2016-05-15 | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer |
| US16/402,130 Active 2027-12-18 US11724243B2 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2019-05-02 | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer |
Country Status (9)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (6) | US20060102471A1 (en) |
| EP (2) | EP3517236A1 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR20070086219A (en) |
| CN (1) | CN101473220B (en) |
| AU (1) | AU2005306437A1 (en) |
| IL (1) | IL183418A0 (en) |
| SG (1) | SG158086A1 (en) |
| TR (1) | TR200705709T1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2006055810A2 (en) |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20090285986A1 (en) * | 2008-05-15 | 2009-11-19 | Park Hye-Young | Methods of forming a material layer and methods of fabricating a memory device |
Families Citing this family (32)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US10539561B1 (en) | 2001-08-30 | 2020-01-21 | Customarray, Inc. | Enzyme-amplified redox microarray detection process |
| US20060102471A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2006-05-18 | Karl Maurer | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer |
| US20070034513A1 (en) * | 2005-03-25 | 2007-02-15 | Combimatrix Corporation | Electrochemical deblocking solution for electrochemical oligomer synthesis on an electrode array |
| US9394167B2 (en) | 2005-04-15 | 2016-07-19 | Customarray, Inc. | Neutralization and containment of redox species produced by circumferential electrodes |
| US20070037169A1 (en) * | 2005-08-09 | 2007-02-15 | Combimatrix Corporation | Selective Dehybridization using Electrochemically-Generated Reagent on an Electrode Microarray |
| US20070065877A1 (en) * | 2005-09-19 | 2007-03-22 | Combimatrix Corporation | Microarray having a base cleavable succinate linker |
| US8855955B2 (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2014-10-07 | Custom Array, Inc. | Process and apparatus for measuring binding events on a microarray of electrodes |
| US20080108149A1 (en) * | 2006-10-23 | 2008-05-08 | Narayan Sundararajan | Solid-phase mediated synthesis of molecular microarrays |
| WO2009032459A1 (en) * | 2007-08-02 | 2009-03-12 | Ehd Technology Group, Inc. | Apparatus using electrosprayed fluids for cleaning surfaces with reduced residual contaminants, and method related thereto |
| US8234905B2 (en) * | 2008-08-04 | 2012-08-07 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Selectively functionized transducer microarray |
| WO2011090793A2 (en) | 2010-01-20 | 2011-07-28 | Customarray, Inc. | Multiplex microarray of serially deposited biomolecules on a microarray |
| CA3003082C (en) | 2011-10-28 | 2020-12-15 | Illumina, Inc. | Microarray fabrication system and method |
| CN104458880B (en) * | 2014-09-26 | 2016-11-30 | 浙江工商大学 | Maltose solution concentration detection apparatus and method |
| CN104587972A (en) * | 2014-12-25 | 2015-05-06 | 衡阳师范学院 | Preparation method and application of hydroximic acid functionalized cellulose adsorption material |
| EP3489367B1 (en) | 2015-03-05 | 2020-09-09 | Life Technologies Corporation | Surface stabilization of biosensors |
| CN104772538B (en) * | 2015-04-29 | 2017-05-03 | 常州工学院 | Preparation method for copper-aluminum composite micro-electrolysis electrode |
| KR20190117540A (en) * | 2017-02-22 | 2019-10-16 | 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 | Polymer-coating of electrodes for sensor devices |
| IL277055B2 (en) * | 2018-03-06 | 2024-06-01 | Asml Holding Nv | Anti-reflection optical infrastructures and manufacturing methods |
| CN113056327A (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2021-06-29 | Dna斯克瑞普特公司 | Massively parallel enzymatic synthesis of nucleic acid strands |
| EP3894593B1 (en) | 2018-12-13 | 2024-10-02 | DNA Script | Direct oligonucleotide synthesis on cdna |
| US12415171B2 (en) | 2018-12-21 | 2025-09-16 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Regulation of DNA synthesis by nucleotides linked to protecting groups |
| US11584956B2 (en) | 2018-12-21 | 2023-02-21 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Selectively controllable cleavable linkers |
| WO2020205934A1 (en) | 2019-04-03 | 2020-10-08 | Aligos Therapeutics, Inc. | Pyrrole compounds |
| US12226746B2 (en) | 2019-06-07 | 2025-02-18 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Reversing bias in polymer synthesis electrode array |
| US11773422B2 (en) | 2019-08-16 | 2023-10-03 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Regulation of polymerase using cofactor oxidation states |
| CN114729389B (en) | 2019-09-23 | 2024-03-08 | Dna斯克瑞普特公司 | Increasing long sequence yield in template-free enzymatic synthesis of polynucleotides |
| US11896945B2 (en) * | 2019-10-09 | 2024-02-13 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | High surface area coatings for solid-phase synthesis |
| WO2022022480A1 (en) * | 2020-07-27 | 2022-02-03 | 南京金斯瑞生物科技有限公司 | Surface linker of semiconductor chip, preparation method therefor and application thereof |
| US20220064206A1 (en) * | 2020-08-28 | 2022-03-03 | Twist Bioscience Corporation | Devices and methods for synthesis |
| JP2024062422A (en) * | 2021-03-17 | 2024-05-10 | デンカ株式会社 | Electrochemical impedance measurement electrode and electrochemical impedance measurement device |
| WO2022256303A1 (en) * | 2021-05-31 | 2022-12-08 | Genscript Usa Inc. | Electrografted films for dna synthesis |
| WO2025003434A1 (en) | 2023-06-30 | 2025-01-02 | Dna Script | Nucleic acid synthesis on reusable support |
Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20020090738A1 (en) * | 1988-11-14 | 2002-07-11 | I-Stat Corporation | System and method of microdispensing and arrays of biolayers provided by same |
Family Cites Families (81)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| BE791653A (en) | 1971-12-28 | 1973-05-21 | Texaco Development Corp | ELECTROLYTIC PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF ACID |
| US3950357A (en) | 1974-11-25 | 1976-04-13 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Antibiotics |
| US4165320A (en) | 1977-01-17 | 1979-08-21 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Amino acid derivatives |
| US4563263A (en) | 1982-01-15 | 1986-01-07 | Terumo Corporation | Selectively permeable film and ion sensor |
| DE3479522D1 (en) | 1983-12-16 | 1989-09-28 | Medisense Inc | Assay for nucleic acids |
| US5912339A (en) | 1986-10-28 | 1999-06-15 | The Johns Hopkins University | Oligonucleoside alkyl or arylphosphonate derivatives capable of crosslinking with or cleaving nucleic acids |
| US5525464A (en) | 1987-04-01 | 1996-06-11 | Hyseq, Inc. | Method of sequencing by hybridization of oligonucleotide probes |
| US5540828A (en) | 1987-06-08 | 1996-07-30 | Yacynych; Alexander | Method for making electrochemical sensors and biosensors having a polymer modified surface |
| US5143854A (en) | 1989-06-07 | 1992-09-01 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Large scale photolithographic solid phase synthesis of polypeptides and receptor binding screening thereof |
| US6921636B1 (en) | 1991-09-04 | 2005-07-26 | Metrigen, Inc. | Method and apparatus for conducting an array of chemical reactions on a support surface |
| US6017696A (en) | 1993-11-01 | 2000-01-25 | Nanogen, Inc. | Methods for electronic stringency control for molecular biological analysis and diagnostics |
| US6051380A (en) * | 1993-11-01 | 2000-04-18 | Nanogen, Inc. | Methods and procedures for molecular biological analysis and diagnostics |
| US5605662A (en) * | 1993-11-01 | 1997-02-25 | Nanogen, Inc. | Active programmable electronic devices for molecular biological analysis and diagnostics |
| US5846708A (en) * | 1991-11-19 | 1998-12-08 | Massachusetts Institiute Of Technology | Optical and electrical methods and apparatus for molecule detection |
| US5667667A (en) * | 1992-04-24 | 1997-09-16 | Isis Innovation Limited | Electrochemical treatment of surfaces |
| FR2707010B1 (en) | 1993-06-25 | 1995-09-29 | Bio Merieux | |
| GB9315847D0 (en) * | 1993-07-30 | 1993-09-15 | Isis Innovation | Tag reagent and assay method |
| US5824473A (en) | 1993-12-10 | 1998-10-20 | California Institute Of Technology | Nucleic acid mediated electron transfer |
| US5928905A (en) | 1995-04-18 | 1999-07-27 | Glaxo Group Limited | End-complementary polymerase reaction |
| WO1996003417A1 (en) | 1994-07-25 | 1996-02-08 | Hybridon, Inc. | Improved methods of detritylation for oligonucleotide synthesis |
| DE4427921C2 (en) | 1994-08-06 | 2002-09-26 | Forschungszentrum Juelich Gmbh | Chemical sensors, especially biosensors, based on silicon |
| CZ299135B6 (en) * | 1995-03-10 | 2008-04-30 | Meso Scale Technologies, Llc. Corporation Servicecompany | Cassette for use in the detection of an analyte, method of conducting assay by making use of such cassette, kit for use when conducting a plurality of electrochemiluminescence assays and method of detection or measurement of an analyte |
| CA2215417A1 (en) | 1995-03-15 | 1996-09-19 | City Of Hope | Disposable reagent storage and delivery cartridge |
| US6013440A (en) | 1996-03-11 | 2000-01-11 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Nucleic acid affinity columns |
| ZA975891B (en) * | 1996-07-05 | 1998-07-23 | Combimatrix Corp | Electrochemical solid phase synthesis of polymers |
| US5953681A (en) | 1996-07-30 | 1999-09-14 | Bayer Corporation | Autonomous node for a test instrument system having a distributed logic nodal architecture |
| US6391558B1 (en) | 1997-03-18 | 2002-05-21 | Andcare, Inc. | Electrochemical detection of nucleic acid sequences |
| US6045678A (en) * | 1997-05-01 | 2000-04-04 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Formation of nanofilament field emission devices |
| EP1420252A3 (en) * | 1997-12-30 | 2004-08-04 | Remacle, José | Detection and/or quantification method of a target molecule by binding with a capture molecule fixed on the surface of a disc |
| US20020177144A1 (en) * | 1997-12-30 | 2002-11-28 | Jose Remacle | Detection and/or quantification method of a target molecule by a binding with a capture molecule fixed on the surface of a disc |
| US6093302A (en) * | 1998-01-05 | 2000-07-25 | Combimatrix Corporation | Electrochemical solid phase synthesis |
| US20030050438A1 (en) | 1998-01-05 | 2003-03-13 | Montgomery Donald D. | Electrochemical solid phase synthesis |
| US6456942B1 (en) | 1998-01-25 | 2002-09-24 | Combimatrix Corporation | Network infrastructure for custom microarray synthesis and analysis |
| US6656702B1 (en) * | 1998-07-03 | 2003-12-02 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Biosensor containing glucose dehydrogenase |
| US6780582B1 (en) * | 1998-07-14 | 2004-08-24 | Zyomyx, Inc. | Arrays of protein-capture agents and methods of use thereof |
| US6344333B2 (en) | 1998-09-08 | 2002-02-05 | Synectig Corporation | Reagent-free immunoassay monitoring electrode assembly |
| ATE456652T1 (en) | 1999-02-19 | 2010-02-15 | Febit Holding Gmbh | METHOD FOR PRODUCING POLYMERS |
| AU4170100A (en) | 1999-03-01 | 2000-09-21 | Combimatrix Corporation | Combinatorial chelator array |
| ATE296310T1 (en) | 1999-03-08 | 2005-06-15 | Metrigen Inc | SYNTHESIS PROCESS FOR THE ECONOMICAL CONSTRUCTION OF LONG DNA SEQUENCES AND COMPOSITIONS THEREFOR |
| KR20020048425A (en) * | 1999-09-30 | 2002-06-22 | 해리 제이. 레온 하르트 | Biomolecular attachment sites on microelectronic arrays |
| US6518024B2 (en) | 1999-12-13 | 2003-02-11 | Motorola, Inc. | Electrochemical detection of single base extension |
| JP4061801B2 (en) | 2000-01-24 | 2008-03-19 | 住友化学株式会社 | Chemically amplified positive resist composition |
| US6824669B1 (en) | 2000-02-17 | 2004-11-30 | Motorola, Inc. | Protein and peptide sensors using electrical detection methods |
| US7019129B1 (en) | 2000-05-09 | 2006-03-28 | Biosearch Technologies, Inc. | Dark quenchers for donor-acceptor energy transfer |
| US6824988B2 (en) | 2000-05-15 | 2004-11-30 | R.E.D. Laboratories, N.V. | Method and compositions for use in diagnosing and characterizing chronic immune disease |
| WO2002057200A2 (en) | 2000-08-15 | 2002-07-25 | Bioforce Nanosciences, Inc. | Nanoscale molecular arrayer |
| AU2002230381A1 (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2002-04-22 | Motorola, Inc. | High density column and row addressable electrode arrays |
| DE10049901C2 (en) * | 2000-10-10 | 2003-01-02 | Aventis Res & Tech Gmbh & Co | Apparatus and method for electrically accelerated immobilization and for detection of molecules |
| WO2002042259A2 (en) * | 2000-11-27 | 2002-05-30 | University Of Maryland, Baltimore | Methods of synthesizing and using derivatives of [2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy] acetic acid |
| KR100672890B1 (en) | 2000-12-07 | 2007-01-23 | 신에쓰 가가꾸 고교 가부시끼가이샤 | Amine Compounds, Resist Compositions and Patterning Process |
| US6958216B2 (en) * | 2001-01-10 | 2005-10-25 | The Trustees Of Boston College | DNA-bridged carbon nanotube arrays |
| CA2442975A1 (en) | 2001-04-03 | 2002-11-14 | Combimatrix Corporation | Overlying electrode for electrochemical microarrays |
| US6320041B1 (en) | 2001-04-13 | 2001-11-20 | Trilink Biotechnologies, Inc. | Pre-activated carbonyl linkers for the modification of oligonucleotides |
| WO2002103061A1 (en) | 2001-06-14 | 2002-12-27 | Pohang University Of Science & Technology | Method and device for electronic control of the spatial location of charged molecules |
| US20030022150A1 (en) | 2001-07-24 | 2003-01-30 | Sampson Jeffrey R. | Methods for detecting a target molecule |
| GB0121155D0 (en) | 2001-08-31 | 2001-10-24 | Isis Innovation | Treatment of substrates |
| EP1436620B1 (en) * | 2001-09-10 | 2014-04-23 | Meso Scale Technologies, LLC | Methods and apparatus for conducting multiple measurements on a sample |
| US6960298B2 (en) * | 2001-12-10 | 2005-11-01 | Nanogen, Inc. | Mesoporous permeation layers for use on active electronic matrix devices |
| WO2003052383A2 (en) | 2001-12-17 | 2003-06-26 | Michael Strathmann | Combinatorial synthesis on arrays |
| WO2003072831A1 (en) * | 2002-02-27 | 2003-09-04 | Third Wave Technologies, Inc. | Surface modification, linker attachment, and polymerization methods |
| US20030194709A1 (en) | 2002-04-10 | 2003-10-16 | Xing Yang | Hydrophobic zone device |
| US7563600B2 (en) | 2002-09-12 | 2009-07-21 | Combimatrix Corporation | Microarray synthesis and assembly of gene-length polynucleotides |
| AU2003295495A1 (en) * | 2002-11-15 | 2004-06-15 | Applera Corporation | Nucleic acid sequence detection |
| CN1506678A (en) * | 2002-12-06 | 2004-06-23 | 中国科学院电子学研究所 | Method for rapid activation of electrochemical electrodes |
| US8346482B2 (en) | 2003-08-22 | 2013-01-01 | Fernandez Dennis S | Integrated biosensor and simulation system for diagnosis and therapy |
| JP4511162B2 (en) | 2003-12-05 | 2010-07-28 | 株式会社チノー | Fuel cell evaluation system |
| US7206012B2 (en) | 2004-03-24 | 2007-04-17 | Lexmark International, Inc. | Memory device on optical scanner and apparatus and method for storing characterizing information on the memory device |
| US20050239112A1 (en) | 2004-04-01 | 2005-10-27 | Migenix, Inc. | Methods and processes for attaching compounds to matrices |
| US20060105355A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2006-05-18 | Karl Maurer | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer having a linker moiety |
| US20060102471A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2006-05-18 | Karl Maurer | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer |
| US20080039342A1 (en) | 2005-01-07 | 2008-02-14 | Combimatrix Corporation | Process for transition metal-catalyzed electrochemical allylic alkylation on an electrode array device |
| US20060160100A1 (en) | 2005-01-19 | 2006-07-20 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Enzymatic electrochemical detection assay using protective monolayer and device therefor |
| US20070034513A1 (en) | 2005-03-25 | 2007-02-15 | Combimatrix Corporation | Electrochemical deblocking solution for electrochemical oligomer synthesis on an electrode array |
| US9394167B2 (en) | 2005-04-15 | 2016-07-19 | Customarray, Inc. | Neutralization and containment of redox species produced by circumferential electrodes |
| US20070292855A1 (en) | 2005-08-19 | 2007-12-20 | Intel Corporation | Method and CMOS-based device to analyze molecules and nanomaterials based on the electrical readout of specific binding events on functionalized electrodes |
| US20070065877A1 (en) | 2005-09-19 | 2007-03-22 | Combimatrix Corporation | Microarray having a base cleavable succinate linker |
| US7541314B2 (en) | 2006-02-24 | 2009-06-02 | Combimatrix Corporation | Microarray having a base cleavable sulfonyl linker |
| US20070231794A1 (en) | 2005-09-21 | 2007-10-04 | Combimatrix Corporation | Process to detect binding events on an electrode microarray using enzymes |
| US8855955B2 (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2014-10-07 | Custom Array, Inc. | Process and apparatus for measuring binding events on a microarray of electrodes |
| EP2570490B1 (en) | 2006-03-17 | 2017-06-28 | The Government of the United States of America, as represented by The Department of Health and Human Services | Apparatus for microarray binding sensors having biological probe materials using carbon nanotube transistors |
| WO2011090793A2 (en) | 2010-01-20 | 2011-07-28 | Customarray, Inc. | Multiplex microarray of serially deposited biomolecules on a microarray |
-
2004
- 2004-11-18 US US10/992,252 patent/US20060102471A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2005
- 2005-11-18 CN CN2005800457247A patent/CN101473220B/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2005-11-18 WO PCT/US2005/041906 patent/WO2006055810A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2005-11-18 EP EP19159642.8A patent/EP3517236A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2005-11-18 AU AU2005306437A patent/AU2005306437A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-11-18 KR KR1020077013486A patent/KR20070086219A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2005-11-18 TR TR2007/05709T patent/TR200705709T1/en unknown
- 2005-11-18 EP EP05849631.6A patent/EP1812190B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2005-11-18 SG SG200907872-6A patent/SG158086A1/en unknown
-
2007
- 2007-05-24 IL IL183418A patent/IL183418A0/en unknown
- 2007-09-27 US US11/863,097 patent/US20080105541A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2012
- 2012-09-25 US US13/626,880 patent/US20130020194A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2013
- 2013-11-18 US US14/082,971 patent/US9339782B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2016
- 2016-05-15 US US15/155,046 patent/US10286377B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2019
- 2019-05-02 US US16/402,130 patent/US11724243B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20020090738A1 (en) * | 1988-11-14 | 2002-07-11 | I-Stat Corporation | System and method of microdispensing and arrays of biolayers provided by same |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20090285986A1 (en) * | 2008-05-15 | 2009-11-19 | Park Hye-Young | Methods of forming a material layer and methods of fabricating a memory device |
| US8703237B2 (en) * | 2008-05-15 | 2014-04-22 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods of forming a material layer and methods of fabricating a memory device |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2006055810A3 (en) | 2007-06-28 |
| SG158086A1 (en) | 2010-01-29 |
| EP1812190A4 (en) | 2010-10-27 |
| IL183418A0 (en) | 2009-02-11 |
| US11724243B2 (en) | 2023-08-15 |
| AU2005306437A1 (en) | 2006-05-26 |
| KR20070086219A (en) | 2007-08-27 |
| US20190255504A1 (en) | 2019-08-22 |
| CN101473220A (en) | 2009-07-01 |
| US9339782B1 (en) | 2016-05-17 |
| WO2006055810A2 (en) | 2006-05-26 |
| US20060102471A1 (en) | 2006-05-18 |
| TR200705709T1 (en) | 2008-01-21 |
| EP1812190A2 (en) | 2007-08-01 |
| US10286377B1 (en) | 2019-05-14 |
| US20080105541A1 (en) | 2008-05-08 |
| EP3517236A1 (en) | 2019-07-31 |
| EP1812190B1 (en) | 2019-03-27 |
| CN101473220B (en) | 2012-11-28 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US11724243B2 (en) | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer | |
| US20060105355A1 (en) | Electrode array device having an adsorbed porous reaction layer having a linker moiety | |
| US10261075B2 (en) | Microarray having a base cleavable linker | |
| US20210395906A1 (en) | Electrochemical deblocking solution for electrochemical oligomer synthesis on an electrode array | |
| US8940143B2 (en) | Gel-based bio chip for electrochemical synthesis and electrical detection of polymers | |
| JP2009509175A (en) | Method and CMOS-type device for analyzing molecules and nanomaterials by electrically reading selective binding events on functional electrodes | |
| WO2007100793A2 (en) | Microarray having a base cleavable sulfonyl linker | |
| US7718579B2 (en) | Electrochemical deblocking using a hydrazine derivative | |
| US20240279828A1 (en) | Electrografted films for dna synthesis |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |